Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,210 missions · 1,089 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1121Completed1089All2210
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Sharing at Music Streaming Platforms II: The Core of the Streaming Game Is the Set of Allocations Splitting Each User's Payment Among the Artists That User PlayedResearch Paper

Why streaming revenue is a cooperative-game question

Music streaming platforms collect a subscription fee from each user and have to pass the revenue on to the artists whose content was played. The two rules used in practice are pro-rata (each artist is paid in proportion to their total number of streams, over all users) and user-centric (each user's fee is split among the artists that user played, in proportion to that user's streams). Which rule is fair has been debated by platforms, rights holders and regulators. Bergantiños and Moreno-Ternero (arXiv:2310.11861, Management Science, 2025) study the problem axiomatically, and in their §4 also through cooperative game theory: they associate a transferable-utility game with every streaming problem and ask which revenue allocations no coalition of artists could object to.

This mission formalizes their Theorem 2. It gives an explicit description of the core of that game.

Setting

There are nnn artists N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n} and a finite set MMM of users, each of whom pays 111, so m=∣M∣m=|M|m=∣M∣ is to be shared. A streaming problem records the number tij∈Nt_{ij}\in\mathbb Ntij​∈N of times user jjj played artist iii. Every user in MMM is assumed to have played at least one artist.

  • The list of user jjj is Lj={i∈N:tij>0}L^j=\{i\in N:t_{ij}>0\}Lj={i∈N:tij​>0}, the artists that user played.
  • The streaming game gives a coalition S⊆NS\subseteq NS⊆N of artists the fees of the users who played only artists in SSS:
v(S)=∣{j∈M:Lj⊆S}∣.v(S)=\bigl|\{j\in M: L^j\subseteq S\}\bigr|.v(S)=​{j∈M:Lj⊆S}​.

This is a pessimistic estimate of what a group of artists could earn by leaving to found its own platform. Because every list is nonempty, v(∅)=0v(\emptyset)=0v(∅)=0.

  • The core of vvv is the set of payoff vectors x∈RNx\in\mathbb R^Nx∈RN that distribute exactly v(N)=mv(N)=mv(N)=m and give every coalition at least its worth:
C(N,v)={x: ∑i∈Nxi=v(N), ∑i∈Sxi≥v(S) for all S⊆N}.C(N,v)=\Bigl\{x:\ \sum_{i\in N}x_i=v(N),\ \sum_{i\in S}x_i\ge v(S)\ \text{for all } S\subseteq N\Bigr\}.C(N,v)={x: i∈N∑​xi​=v(N), i∈S∑​xi​≥v(S) for all S⊆N}.
  • The allocation set A(N,M,t)A(N,M,t)A(N,M,t) consists of the vectors x=∑j∈Mxjx=\sum_{j\in M}x^jx=∑j∈M​xj, where each xj∈RNx^j\in\mathbb R^Nxj∈RN is nonnegative, vanishes outside LjL^jLj, and sums to 111. Each user's fee is split in any way among the artists that user played, and the shares are added up.

The proof goes through two classical objects of cooperative game theory. The Harsanyi dividends are Δv(R)=∑S⊆R(−1)∣R∣−∣S∣v(S)\Delta_v(R)=\sum_{S\subseteq R}(-1)^{|R|-|S|}v(S)Δv​(R)=∑S⊆R​(−1)∣R∣−∣S∣v(S). A sharing system p=(pR)∅≠R⊆Np=(p^R)_{\emptyset\ne R\subseteq N}p=(pR)∅=R⊆N​ assigns to each nonempty coalition RRR a probability vector pRp^RpR supported on RRR. The Harsanyi set H(N,v)H(N,v)H(N,v) is the set of allocations yip=∑R∋iΔv(R) piRy^p_i=\sum_{R\ni i}\Delta_v(R)\,p^R_iyip​=∑R∋i​Δv​(R)piR​ that a sharing system induces. The unanimity game uRu_RuR​ has uR(S)=1u_R(S)=1uR​(S)=1 if R⊆SR\subseteq SR⊆S and 000 otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 14)

C(N,v)=A(N,M,t)for every streaming problem (N,M,t).C(N,v)=A(N,M,t)\qquad\text{for every streaming problem }(N,M,t).C(N,v)=A(N,M,t)for every streaming problem (N,M,t).

Milestones (the proof in the paper's appendix, pp. 22–23)

  1. Harsanyi (1959). For every TU game, v=∑∅≠R⊆NΔv(R) uRv=\sum_{\emptyset\ne R\subseteq N}\Delta_v(R)\,u_Rv=∑∅=R⊆N​Δv​(R)uR​, and these weights are unique.
  2. Vasil'ev (1981). If Δv(R)≥0\Delta_v(R)\ge 0Δv​(R)≥0 for every nonempty RRR, then C(N,v)=H(N,v)C(N,v)=H(N,v)C(N,v)=H(N,v).
  3. The streaming game decomposes as v=∑∅≠R⊆N∣{j∈M:Lj=R}∣ uRv=\sum_{\emptyset\ne R\subseteq N}|\{j\in M:L^j=R\}|\,u_Rv=∑∅=R⊆N​∣{j∈M:Lj=R}∣uR​.
  4. Its dividends are Δv(R)=∣{j∈M:Lj=R}∣≥0\Delta_v(R)=|\{j\in M:L^j=R\}|\ge 0Δv​(R)=∣{j∈M:Lj=R}∣≥0.
  5. H(N,v)⊆A(N,M,t)H(N,v)\subseteq A(N,M,t)H(N,v)⊆A(N,M,t).
  6. A(N,M,t)⊆H(N,v)A(N,M,t)\subseteq H(N,v)A(N,M,t)⊆H(N,v).
  7. Companion (§4, p. 13): vvv is a convex (supermodular) game.

Significance

Theorem 2 says that the core-stable allocations of streaming revenue are exactly those that split each user's fee among the artists that user played. The user-centric rule is such a split, so its rewards always lie in the core. The pro-rata rule can fall outside the core: in the paper's Example 1 a coalition of one artist receives less than the fee of the user who played only that artist. This observation underlies the paper's Theorem 3, where core selection together with homogeneity and additivity characterizes the user-centric index. Beyond streaming, the theorem gives an explicit core for a class of games built from users' lists. The museum-pass games of Ginsburg and Zang have the same structure.

The paper's proof combines two cited classical theorems (Harsanyi's unanimity decomposition and Vasil'ev's identification of core and Harsanyi set for games with nonnegative dividends) with bookkeeping specific to streaming. None of these is formalized on the platform except the bare existence of a unanimity decomposition (Young 1985's exists_unanimity_expansion, Proved, referenced here). The mission therefore produces reusable statements of Harsanyi dividends, the Harsanyi set and Vasil'ev's theorem for arbitrary finite TU games, as well as the streaming result itself.

Difficulty

Most of the mission is finite bookkeeping: Möbius inversion over the subset lattice and regrouping sums by users' lists. The central difficulty is the inclusion C(N,v)⊆H(N,v)C(N,v)\subseteq H(N,v)C(N,v)⊆H(N,v) in Vasil'ev's theorem. One has to show that every core vector can be generated by splitting each dividend among the members of its coalition. This is a feasibility statement for a transportation problem whose supplies are the dividends and whose demands are the core payoffs, with each coalition allowed to ship only to its own members. The core inequalities have to be turned into such a shipment plan, and neither of the obvious candidates does that. Splitting each dividend equally among a coalition's members gives the Shapley value, a single point. Taking extreme points of the core gives the marginal vectors, and writing an arbitrary core point through them is the same feasibility question again. The paper cites the result without proof.

Formalization scope

  • Artists and users. Artists are Fin n, numbered from 000. Users are named by natural numbers. A problem is a finitely supported map t : ℕ →₀ (Fin n → ℕ) with t j i =tij=t_{ij}=tij​; the user set MMM is its support. Every user in MMM therefore has a nonempty list, which is the paper's standing assumption Lj≠∅L^j\ne\emptysetLj=∅ (recalled on p. 19). Streams are natural numbers. The empty problem is allowed; there both sides of Theorem 2 are {0}\{0\}{0}.
  • Inclusions. The paper's ⊂\subset⊂ is read as ⊆\subseteq⊆ throughout: R=NR=NR=N is a coalition, and S=∅S=\emptysetS=∅ and S=NS=NS=N are core constraints.
  • Vectors. Payoff vectors are Fin n → ℝ. The core is the published Supermodularity.Cooperative.Core Finset.univ. Convexity is the published Supermodularity.Cooperative.IsConvexGame. The unanimity game is the published MonotonicSolutions.StrongMono.unanimity.
  • Dividends. The paper defines the dividends implicitly, as the unique weights of the unanimity decomposition. The formalization uses the explicit formula Δv(R)=∑S⊆R(−1)∣R∣−∣S∣v(S)\Delta_v(R)=\sum_{S\subseteq R}(-1)^{|R|-|S|}v(S)Δv​(R)=∑S⊆R​(−1)∣R∣−∣S∣v(S), and milestone 1 states that it gives those unique weights. A sharing system is a function on all coalitions whose value at ∅\emptyset∅ is never read.
  • No trivialization. The allocation set is the set of sums of user-indexed probability vectors supported on the users' lists. It is not the larger set "x≥0x\ge 0x≥0, ∑ixi=m\sum_i x_i=m∑i​xi​=m", which would make Theorem 2 false. Theorem 2 is stated directly as a set equality between the core and the allocation set, not through the Harsanyi set. Vasil'ev's theorem is stated for every TU game with nonnegative dividends, as cited.
  • Reusable parts. The Harsanyi dividend, sharing systems, the Harsanyi set, Harsanyi's uniqueness theorem and Vasil'ev's theorem apply to any finite TU game. Proofs of these, especially of Vasil'ev's inclusion C⊆HC\subseteq HC⊆H, are the most valuable contributions. The streaming steps (milestones 3 to 6) are welcome as independent footholds.
  • The same streaming objects are restated in the sibling missions Revenue Sharing at Music Streaming Platforms I and III.

Selected references

  • G. Bergantiños, J. D. Moreno-Ternero, Revenue sharing at music streaming platforms, Management Science, 2025; preprint arXiv:2310.11861v1, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2310.11861
  • J. C. Harsanyi, A bargaining model for the cooperative n-person game, in Contributions to the Theory of Games IV, Annals of Mathematics Studies 40, Princeton University Press, 1959.
  • V. A. Vasil'ev, On a class of imputations in cooperative games, Soviet Mathematics Doklady 23 (1981), 53–57.
  • R. van den Brink, G. van der Laan, V. Vasil'ev, Constrained core solutions for totally positive games with ordered players, International Journal of Game Theory, 2014 (the presentation of the Harsanyi set the paper follows, footnote 22).
  • H. P. Young, Monotonic solutions of cooperative games, International Journal of Game Theory 14 (1985), 65–72. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01769885
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the tightness of SDP relaxations of QCQPs 6: For Diagonal QCQPs the SOCP and SDP Relaxations Have the Same Projected Epigraph and Optimal ValueResearch Paper

Motivation

Quadratically constrained quadratic programs (QCQPs) minimize a quadratic function subject to quadratic inequality and equality constraints. They model trust-region subproblems, robust least squares, max-cut and many problems in signal processing and control. They are NP-hard in general, so practice relies on convex relaxations, and the standard one is the Shor semidefinite (SDP) relaxation. The SDP relaxation lifts NNN variables to an (N+1)×(N+1)(N+1)\times(N+1)(N+1)×(N+1) positive semidefinite matrix, which is expensive for large NNN.

For an important subclass, the simultaneously diagonalizable QCQPs (SD-QCQPs), a much cheaper relaxation is available: after a change of variables all quadratic forms are diagonal, and the products xj2x_j^2xj2​ can be relaxed by NNN new variables yj≥xj2y_j \ge x_j^2yj​≥xj2​. This is a second-order cone (SOCP) relaxation, studied by Ben-Tal and den Hertog (2014) and Locatelli (2016) for the trust-region problem with additional constraints and related problems. Whether one may use the SOCP relaxation in place of the SDP relaxation without losing anything, for the optimal value and for the convex-hull description, is the question settled here.

This mission formalizes Proposition 1 of A. L. Wang and F. Kılınç-Karzan, On the tightness of SDP relaxations of QCQPs (Math. Program., 2021; arXiv:1911.09195v3), §4.2.1 and App. A, together with Lemma 9 of §4.2.

Setting

A QCQP (1) in NNN variables has data Ai∈SNA_i \in \mathbb{S}^NAi​∈SN, bi∈RNb_i \in \mathbb{R}^Nbi​∈RN, ci∈Rc_i \in \mathbb{R}ci​∈R for i∈[ ⁣[0,m] ⁣]i \in [\![0,m]\!]i∈[[0,m]], with m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 constraints of which the first mIm_ImI​ are inequalities. Writing qi(x)=x⊤Aix+2bi⊤x+ciq_i(x) = x^\top A_i x + 2 b_i^\top x + c_iqi​(x)=x⊤Ai​x+2bi⊤​x+ci​,

Opt=inf⁡x∈RN{q0(x):qi(x)≤0, i∈[ ⁣[mI] ⁣]; qi(x)=0, i∈[ ⁣[mI+1,m] ⁣]}.\mathrm{Opt} = \inf_{x\in\mathbb{R}^N} \bigl\{ q_0(x) : q_i(x) \le 0,\ i \in [\![m_I]\!];\ q_i(x) = 0,\ i \in [\![m_I+1,m]\!] \bigr\}.Opt=x∈RNinf​{q0​(x):qi​(x)≤0, i∈[[mI​]]; qi​(x)=0, i∈[[mI​+1,m]]}.

The SDP relaxation (3) uses Qi=(cibi⊤biAi)Q_i = \begin{pmatrix} c_i & b_i^\top \\ b_i & A_i\end{pmatrix}Qi​=(ci​bi​​bi⊤​Ai​​) and the lifted variable Y=(1x⊤xX)Y = \begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix}Y=(1x​x⊤X​) with X∈SNX \in \mathbb{S}^NX∈SN:

OptSDP=inf⁡x,X{⟨Q0,Y⟩:⟨Qi,Y⟩≤0, i∈[ ⁣[mI] ⁣]; ⟨Qi,Y⟩=0, i∈[ ⁣[mI+1,m] ⁣]; Y⪰0}.\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}} = \inf_{x, X} \bigl\{ \langle Q_0, Y\rangle : \langle Q_i, Y\rangle \le 0,\ i \in [\![m_I]\!];\ \langle Q_i, Y\rangle = 0,\ i \in [\![m_I+1,m]\!];\ Y \succeq 0 \bigr\}.OptSDP​=x,Xinf​{⟨Q0​,Y⟩:⟨Qi​,Y⟩≤0, i∈[[mI​]]; ⟨Qi​,Y⟩=0, i∈[[mI​+1,m]]; Y⪰0}.

Its projected epigraph DSDP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}DSDP​ (4) is the set of (x,t)∈RN+1(x,t) \in \mathbb{R}^{N+1}(x,t)∈RN+1 for which some XXX satisfies these constraints together with ⟨Q0,Y⟩≤2t\langle Q_0, Y\rangle \le 2t⟨Q0​,Y⟩≤2t.

A family {Ai}i∈[ ⁣[0,m] ⁣]\{A_i\}_{i\in[\![0,m]\!]}{Ai​}i∈[[0,m]]​ is simultaneously diagonalizable (SD) if there is an invertible UUU with every U⊤AiUU^\top A_i UU⊤Ai​U diagonal (Definition 4); an SD-QCQP is a QCQP whose matrices are SD (Definition 5). Changing variables by UUU gives a diagonal QCQP (10): Ai=Diag(ai)A_i = \mathrm{Diag}(a_i)Ai​=Diag(ai​) with ai∈RNa_i \in \mathbb{R}^Nai​∈RN, so qi(x)=⟨ai,x2⟩+2⟨bi,x⟩+ciq_i(x) = \langle a_i, x^2\rangle + 2\langle b_i, x\rangle + c_iqi​(x)=⟨ai​,x2⟩+2⟨bi​,x⟩+ci​ with (x2)j=xj2(x^2)_j = x_j^2(x2)j​=xj2​. For it, the SOCP relaxation (11) is

OptSOCP=inf⁡x,y∈RN{⟨a0,y⟩+2⟨b0,x⟩+c0:⟨ai,y⟩+2⟨bi,x⟩+ci≤0 or =0; yj≥xj2 ∀j},\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} = \inf_{x, y\in\mathbb{R}^N} \bigl\{ \langle a_0,y\rangle + 2\langle b_0,x\rangle + c_0 : \langle a_i,y\rangle + 2\langle b_i,x\rangle + c_i \le 0 \text{ or } = 0;\ y_j \ge x_j^2\ \forall j \bigr\},OptSOCP​=x,y∈RNinf​{⟨a0​,y⟩+2⟨b0​,x⟩+c0​:⟨ai​,y⟩+2⟨bi​,x⟩+ci​≤0 or =0; yj​≥xj2​ ∀j},

and DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSOCP​ (12) is the set of (x,t)(x,t)(x,t) for which some yyy satisfies these constraints and ⟨a0,y⟩+2⟨b0,x⟩+c0≤2t\langle a_0,y\rangle + 2\langle b_0,x\rangle + c_0 \le 2t⟨a0​,y⟩+2⟨b0​,x⟩+c0​≤2t.

The dual set is Γ={γ∈Rm:A0+∑iγiAi⪰0, γi≥0 ∀i∈[ ⁣[mI] ⁣]}\Gamma = \{\gamma \in \mathbb{R}^m : A_0 + \sum_i \gamma_i A_i \succeq 0,\ \gamma_i \ge 0\ \forall i \in [\![m_I]\!]\}Γ={γ∈Rm:A0​+∑i​γi​Ai​⪰0, γi​≥0 ∀i∈[[mI​]]}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 21)

For a diagonal QCQP (10),

DSOCP=DSDPandOptSOCP=OptSDP.\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} = \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}} \qquad\text{and}\qquad \mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} = \mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}}.DSOCP​=DSDP​andOptSOCP​=OptSDP​.

No regularity assumption is made; both values may be +∞+\infty+∞ or −∞-\infty−∞.

Milestones (App. A, pp. 34–35)

  1. If (1x⊤xX)⪰0\begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix} \succeq 0(1x​x⊤X​)⪰0, then X⪰xx⊤X \succeq xx^\topX⪰xx⊤ and Xjj≥xj2X_{jj} \ge x_j^2Xjj​≥xj2​.
  2. DSDP⊆DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}} \subseteq \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSDP​⊆DSOCP​.
  3. If yj≥xj2y_j \ge x_j^2yj​≥xj2​ for all jjj, the matrix XXX with diagonal yyy and off-diagonal entries xjxkx_jx_kxj​xk​ satisfies (1x⊤xX)⪰0\begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix} \succeq 0(1x​x⊤X​)⪰0.
  4. DSOCP⊆DSDP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} \subseteq \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}DSOCP​⊆DSDP​.

Companion: Lemma 9 (p. 19)

For any SD-QCQP, Γ\GammaΓ is polyhedral.

Significance

The result. Proposition 1 transfers every SDP-tightness and convex-hull criterion to the SOCP relaxation of an SD-QCQP. The paper's main theorems give sufficient conditions for conv(D)=DSDP\mathrm{conv}(\mathcal{D}) = \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}conv(D)=DSDP​ and for Opt=OptSDP\mathrm{Opt} = \mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}}Opt=OptSDP​ under the assumption that Γ\GammaΓ is polyhedral; Lemma 9 shows this assumption holds for every SD-QCQP, and Proposition 1 then gives the same conclusions for an SOCP with only NNN additional variables and NNN convex quadratic constraints instead of an (N+1)×(N+1)(N+1)\times(N+1)(N+1)×(N+1) semidefinite matrix (Remark 12). The value identity was first recorded by Locatelli (2016); the set identity is, according to the authors, new in the paper.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. The mission produces Lean definitions of the QCQP, its Shor relaxation, its projected epigraph and the lifted SOCP relaxation that are shared with the other missions of this series on the same paper, and a checked transfer from SDP to SOCP relaxations that downstream tightness results can use.

Difficulty

The argument is short on paper; the formal work is in the matrix bookkeeping. The inclusion DSDP⊆DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}} \subseteq \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSDP​⊆DSOCP​ needs a Schur complement for a block matrix whose top-left block is the scalar 111, in the block indexing Fin 1⊕Fin N\mathrm{Fin}\,1 \oplus \mathrm{Fin}\,NFin1⊕FinN, and the identity ⟨Diag(a),X⟩=⟨a,diag(X)⟩\langle \mathrm{Diag}(a), X\rangle = \langle a, \mathrm{diag}(X)\rangle⟨Diag(a),X⟩=⟨a,diag(X)⟩ inside a trace of block products. The reverse inclusion needs an explicit lifted matrix, and its positive semidefiniteness is a global property of an (N+1)×(N+1)(N+1)\times(N+1)(N+1)×(N+1) matrix that the coordinatewise inequalities yj≥xj2y_j \ge x_j^2yj​≥xj2​ do not give entry by entry. The value identity is an identity of infima in the extended reals, where either side may be ±∞\pm\infty±∞, so real arithmetic on the values is not available.

Formalization scope

  • A QCQP is a structure QCQP N m with symmetric A0,AiA_0, A_iA0​,Ai​, vectors b0,bib_0, b_ib0​,bi​, scalars c0,cic_0, c_ic0​,ci​ and mI≤mm_I \le mmI​≤m. Constraint i:Fin mi : \mathrm{Fin}\ mi:Fin m is the paper's constraint i+1i+1i+1, an inequality iff i<mIi < m_Ii<mI​.
  • OptSDP\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}}OptSDP​ and OptSOCP\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}OptSOCP​ are infima in EReal, so infeasibility gives +∞+\infty+∞ and unboundedness −∞-\infty−∞. ⟨Q,Y⟩\langle Q, Y\rangle⟨Q,Y⟩ is tr⁡(QY)\operatorname{tr}(QY)tr(QY), and XXX in the SDP is symmetric.
  • Diagonal, not SD. The paper states Proposition 1 "for any SD-QCQP", but DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSOCP​ and OptSOCP\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}OptSOCP​ are defined only after the change of variables, which §4.2.1 assumes throughout. The goal and milestones 2 and 4 therefore take vectors a0,aia_0, a_ia0​,ai​ and the hypothesis A0=Diag(a0)A_0 = \mathrm{Diag}(a_0)A0​=Diag(a0​), Ai=Diag(ai)A_i = \mathrm{Diag}(a_i)Ai​=Diag(ai​). Lemma 9 is stated for SD-QCQPs, with invertibility of UUU as IsUnit U.
  • The goal keeps the standing assumption m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 (p. 1); the milestones and Lemma 9 drop it, which makes them stronger. No Assumption 1 is made anywhere.
  • No trivializing reading: DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSOCP​ is defined directly from (12) with a vector yyy, not through matrices or through DSDP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}DSDP​, so the goal is a genuine comparison of two different feasible sets.
  • Polyhedral means a finite intersection of closed halfspaces.
  • Needed infrastructure: Schur complements of block matrices (Mathlib's Matrix.fromBlocks positive-semidefiniteness results), traces of block products, and EReal infima. A reusable lemma "(1x⊤xX)⪰0  ⟺  X−xx⊤⪰0\begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix} \succeq 0 \iff X - xx^\top \succeq 0(1x​x⊤X​)⪰0⟺X−xx⊤⪰0" is welcome beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. L. Wang, F. Kılınç-Karzan, On the tightness of SDP relaxations of QCQPs, Mathematical Programming, 2021. arXiv:1911.09195v3, doi:10.1007/s10107-020-01589-9
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, Hidden conic quadratic representation of some nonconvex quadratic optimization problems, Mathematical Programming 143:1–29, 2014 (reference [8] of the paper).
  • M. Locatelli, Exactness conditions for an SDP relaxation of the extended trust region problem, Optimization Letters 10(6):1141–1151, 2016 (reference [37] of the paper).
  • N. Z. Shor, Dual quadratic estimates in polynomial and boolean programming, Annals of Operations Research 25:163–168, 1990 (reference [47] of the paper).
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Joint Chance Constraints with Second-Order Moment Information II: Over Scaling Parameters, Worst-Case CVaR Is Essentially Exact for Joint Chance ConstraintsResearch Paper

Motivation

A chance constraint asks that a decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn satisfy uncertain inequalities with high probability. In the setting of Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (Math. Program. 137, 2013), mmm affine inequalities yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~≤0y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi\le0yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​≤0, whose coefficients depend affinely on xxx, must hold jointly with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ. Joint chance constraints appear wherever several safety conditions must hold at once: portfolio and network design, water reservoir operation, production planning under uncertain demand. They are hard for two reasons. Checking feasibility of a fixed xxx requires a multi-dimensional integral, and the feasible set is typically nonconvex (Prékopa 1995). Moreover the distribution of ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ is rarely known; often only its mean and covariance can be estimated.

The distributionally robust version requires the constraint for every distribution consistent with the known first and second moments. A standard tractable inner approximation replaces the probability by a worst-case Conditional Value-at-Risk (CVaR) of a single loss. For a joint constraint this needs the mmm inequalities aggregated into one loss, and the choice of aggregation decides how much is lost.

Timeline. Charnes and Cooper (1959) and Miller and Wagner (1965) introduced chance constraints; Prékopa proved convexity of joint constraints with log-concave right-hand sides. Nemirovski and Shapiro (2006) studied convex (CVaR-type) approximations. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (2003) and Calafiore and El Ghaoui (2006) gave exact SDP and SOCP reformulations of individual robust chance constraints under moment information. Chen, Sim, Sun and Teo (2010) introduced scaling parameters and an SOCP approximation of joint constraints. Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (2013) showed that the worst-case CVaR of the scaled max-loss admits an exact LMI representation and that, with the scaling parameters free, it is essentially exact.

Setting

Let ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ be a random vector in Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Fix μ∈Rk\mu\in\mathbb R^kμ∈Rk and a positive definite Σ∈Sk\Sigma\in\mathbb S^kΣ∈Sk, and let P\mathcal PP be the set of all probability measures on Rk\mathbb R^kRk with finite second moments, mean μ\muμ and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ. The second-order moment matrix is

Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μμ⊤1].\Omega=\begin{bmatrix}\Sigma+\mu\mu^\top&\mu\\ \mu^\top&1\end{bmatrix}.Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μ⊤​μ1​].

For a measurable loss LLL, a probability measure P\mathbb PP and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), the CVaR is

P-CVaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡β∈R{β+1ϵ EP((L(ξ~)−β)+)},\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf_{\beta\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\beta+\tfrac1\epsilon\,\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((L(\tilde\xi)-\beta)^+\big)\Big\},P-CVaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=β∈Rinf​{β+ϵ1​EP​((L(ξ~​)−β)+)},

and the worst-case CVaR is its supremum over P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P.

The data are vectors ai0,aij∈Rna_i^0,a_i^j\in\mathbb R^nai0​,aij​∈Rn and scalars bi0,bijb_i^0,b_i^jbi0​,bij​ for i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m, j=1,…,kj=1,\dots,kj=1,…,k, with yij(x)=(aij)⊤x−bijy_i^j(x)=(a_i^j)^\top x-b_i^jyij​(x)=(aij​)⊤x−bij​ and yi(x)=[yi1(x),…,yik(x)]⊤y_i(x)=[y_i^1(x),\dots,y_i^k(x)]^\topyi​(x)=[yi1​(x),…,yik​(x)]⊤. The sets of interest are:

  • the robust joint chance constraint set XJCC={x:inf⁡P∈PP(yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~≤0 ∀i)≥1−ϵ}\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}=\{x:\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi\le0\ \forall i)\ge1-\epsilon\}XJCC={x:infP∈P​P(yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​≤0 ∀i)≥1−ϵ};
  • its strict version X∘JCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circX∘JCC​, with every ≤0\le0≤0 replaced by <0<0<0;
  • for scaling parameters α∈A={α∈Rm:αi>0 ∀i}\alpha\in\mathcal A=\{\alpha\in\mathbb R^m:\alpha_i>0\ \forall i\}α∈A={α∈Rm:αi​>0 ∀i}, the worst-case CVaR approximation ZJCC(α)={x:J(x,α)≤0}\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)=\{x:\mathcal J(x,\alpha)\le0\}ZJCC(α)={x:J(x,α)≤0} with
J(x,α)=sup⁡P∈PP-CVaRϵ(max⁡i=1,…,mαi(yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~));\mathcal J(x,\alpha)=\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon\Big(\max_{i=1,\dots,m}\alpha_i\big(y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi\big)\Big);J(x,α)=P∈Psup​P-CVaRϵ​(i=1,…,mmax​αi​(yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​));
  • the union ZJCC=⋃α∈AZJCC(α)\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}=\bigcup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A}\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)ZJCC=⋃α∈A​ZJCC(α).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.6 (p. 20)

X∘JCC⊆ZJCC⊆XJCC.\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circ\subseteq\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}\subseteq\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}.X∘JCC​⊆ZJCC⊆XJCC.

The goal makes no regularity assumption on the constraint functions; it holds for all data, all m≥1m\ge1m≥1, all μ\muμ, all Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 and all ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1).

Milestones

  1. (7), p. 6: for every measurable loss LLL, sup⁡P∈PP-CVaRϵ(L)≤0\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon(L)\le0supP∈P​P-CVaRϵ​(L)≤0 implies inf⁡P∈PP(L≤0)≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(L\le0)\ge1-\epsiloninfP∈P​P(L≤0)≥1−ϵ.
  2. p. 17: ZJCC(α)⊆XJCC\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)\subseteq\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}ZJCC(α)⊆XJCC for every α∈A\alpha\in\mathcal Aα∈A.
  3. Lemma A.1, p. 30: sup⁡P∈PEP(f+)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(f^+)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle:M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top\,1]M[\xi^\top\,1]^\top\ge f(\xi)\ \forall\xi\}supP∈P​EP​(f+)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ} for every measurable fff.
  4. (31), p. 16: J(x,α)=inf⁡β{β+1ϵsup⁡P∈PEP([max⁡iαi(yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~)−β]+)}\mathcal J(x,\alpha)=\inf_\beta\{\beta+\frac1\epsilon\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}([\max_i\alpha_i(y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi)-\beta]^+)\}J(x,α)=infβ​{β+ϵ1​supP∈P​EP​([maxi​αi​(yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​)−β]+)}.
  5. Theorem 3.3, p. 16: ZJCC(α)\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)ZJCC(α) is the set of xxx for which some (β,M)(\beta,M)(β,M) satisfies β+1ϵ⟨Ω,M⟩≤0\beta+\frac1\epsilon\langle\Omega,M\rangle\le0β+ϵ1​⟨Ω,M⟩≤0, M⪰0M\succeq0M⪰0 and the mmm LMIs
M−[012αiyi(x)12αiyi(x)⊤αiyi0(x)−β]⪰0.M-\begin{bmatrix}0&\tfrac12\alpha_iy_i(x)\\ \tfrac12\alpha_iy_i(x)^\top&\alpha_iy_i^0(x)-\beta\end{bmatrix}\succeq0 .M−[021​αi​yi​(x)⊤​21​αi​yi​(x)αi​yi0​(x)−β​]⪰0.
  1. Lemma A.2, p. 31: for every Borel S\mathcal SS, sup⁡P∈PP(ξ~∈S)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(\tilde\xi\in\mathcal S)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle:M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top\,1]M[\xi^\top\,1]^\top\ge1\ \forall\xi\in\mathcal S\}supP∈P​P(ξ~​∈S)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}.
  2. Lemma 2.2 (S-lemma), p. 8: the lossless S-procedure for one strictly feasible quadratic constraint, already proved on the platform.
  3. (40), p. 21: X∘JCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circX∘JCC​ is the set of xxx for which some M⪰0M\succeq0M⪰0 and α>0\alpha>0α>0 satisfy ⟨Ω,M⟩≤ϵ\langle\Omega,M\rangle\le\epsilon⟨Ω,M⟩≤ϵ and the LMIs of Theorem 3.3 with β=−1\beta=-1β=−1.

Significance

The result. The worst-case CVaR approximation ZJCC(α)\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)ZJCC(α) is an LMI-representable inner approximation of the robust joint chance constraint for each fixed α\alphaα (Theorem 3.3). Theorem 3.6 says that optimizing over α\alphaα loses at most the boundary between the strict and the non-strict constraint: no tractable family based on the scaled max-loss can be uniformly better. Remark 3.2 of the paper observes that, for well-specified constraints, XJCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}XJCC and X∘JCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circX∘JCC​ differ by a Lebesgue-null set. Together with the inclusions of §3.3, it places the approximation at least as tight as the Bonferroni and Chen–Sim–Sun–Teo approximations and as close to XJCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}XJCC as the strict constraint allows; it is the reason to treat α\alphaα as a decision variable.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematically. None of it is machine-checked. A formal proof requires moment-problem duality for the full moment set (Lemmas A.1 and A.2, which the paper sketches by citing Isii and Calafiore–El Ghaoui), a minimax interchange over a non-compact set of distributions, and the S-lemma, which is available on the platform. Each milestone is reusable: Lemmas A.1 and A.2 are the generalized Chebyshev bounds behind most of moment-based distributionally robust optimization.

Difficulty

The second inclusion is the conservativeness of CVaR, a Markov-type argument. The first inclusion is where the content lies. It requires the worst-case probability of a union of half-spaces to be an attained semidefinite program value, and an S-lemma certificate for each row. The obvious proof applies the S-lemma to every row, but the S-lemma's converse needs a strictly feasible point, which a row with yi(x)=0y_i(x)=0yi​(x)=0 lacks; such rows must be treated separately. Similarly, the SDP representations are stated as existence of a feasible point, so the infima must be shown to be attained. The interchange of the supremum over P\mathcal PP and the infimum over β\betaβ in (31) cannot cite weak compactness: P\mathcal PP is not weakly compact, since mass can escape to infinity while the second moments stay fixed.

Formalization scope

  • Rk\mathbb R^kRk is Fin k → ℝ; matrices in Sk+1\mathbb S^{k+1}Sk+1 are indexed by Fin k ⊕ Unit with the extra coordinate last; M⪰0M\succeq0M⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef (which includes symmetry); ⟨X,Y⟩=Tr⁡(XY)\langle X,Y\rangle=\operatorname{Tr}(XY)⟨X,Y⟩=Tr(XY).
  • P\mathcal PP consists of probability measures with every coordinate in L2L^2L2, mean μ\muμ and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ (the published MomentDRO.Conf definitions), so moments are genuine integrals.
  • CVaR, the worst-case CVaR, worst-case expectations and SDP values take values in the extended reals. The expectation of a positive part is a lower Lebesgue integral. A supremum over P\mathcal PP or an infimum over an infeasible set may be infinite.
  • Standing assumptions, carried by every theorem: Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) (p. 5). The theorems about the max-loss also assume m≥1m\ge1m≥1, implicit in the maximum over i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m. Milestone (7) assumes the loss measurable, as on p. 5.
  • α∈A\alpha\in\mathcal Aα∈A is componentwise strict positivity, αi>0\alpha_i>0αi​>0 for all iii, not the product-order α>0\alpha>0α>0.
  • A real-valued supremum would be 000 on an unbounded set and make "J(x,α)≤0\mathcal J(x,\alpha)\le0J(x,α)≤0" true by a junk value. The extended-real encoding rules this out, and the moment set is nonempty under Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0, so no statement holds vacuously.
  • Printed slips: the lower-left block "12αiyi⊤\tfrac12\alpha_iy_i^\top21​αi​yi⊤​" of (30) is read as 12αiyi(x)⊤\tfrac12\alpha_iy_i(x)^\top21​αi​yi​(x)⊤; "⋃α∈S\bigcup_{\alpha\in\mathcal S}⋃α∈S​" on p. 20 is read as ⋃α∈A\bigcup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A}⋃α∈A​; the index range "i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n" on p. 2 is read as i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m. The printed homogeneous S-lemma is replaced by the inhomogeneous one the proofs use.
  • Contributions welcome: the moment-duality lemmas, the minimax interchange (31), attainment of the SDP infima, and the degenerate-row case of (40).

Selected references

  • S. Zymler, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Distributionally robust joint chance constraints with second-order moment information, Math. Program. 137 (2013) 167–198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0494-7
  • W. Chen, M. Sim, J. Sun, C.-P. Teo, From CVaR to uncertainty set: implications in joint chance-constrained optimization, Oper. Res. 58 (2010) 470–485. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0712
  • G. Calafiore, L. El Ghaoui, On distributionally robust chance-constrained linear programs, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 130 (2006) 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-006-9084-x
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Oper. Res. 51 (2003) 543–556. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Shapiro, Convex approximations of chance constrained programs, SIAM J. Optim. 17 (2006) 969–996. https://doi.org/10.1137/050622328
  • R. T. Rockafellar, S. Uryasev, Optimization of conditional value-at-risk, J. Risk 2 (2000) 21–41. https://doi.org/10.21314/JOR.2000.038
  • A. Prékopa, Stochastic Programming, Kluwer, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-3087-7
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Joint Chance Constraints with Second-Order Moment Information I: Worst-Case CVaR Is Exact for Individual Chance Constraints with Concave or Quadratic LossesResearch Paper

Motivation

A chance constraint asks that an uncertain constraint hold with high probability: a decision is acceptable if the loss L(ξ~)L(\tilde\xi)L(ξ~​) it incurs is nonpositive with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ. Chance constraints appear in portfolio selection, power-system dispatch, inventory control and engineering design, wherever an occasional violation is tolerable but a frequent one is not. Two obstacles stand in the way of using them. The distribution of ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ is rarely known exactly, and even when it is, the feasible set of a chance constraint is in general nonconvex and hard to compute.

Distributionally robust chance constraints address the first obstacle by requiring the constraint to hold for every distribution consistent with the available information. Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (Math. Program. 137, 2013) take that information to be the mean and the covariance of ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​. The standard way around the second obstacle is to replace the probability by the Conditional Value-at-Risk (CVaR) of Rockafellar and Uryasev (J. Risk 2, 2000): a nonpositive CVaR implies the chance constraint, and the worst-case CVaR over a moment set can be computed by semidefinite programming. The approximation is conservative, and the question this mission formalizes is when it loses nothing.

Timeline. Isii (Ann. Inst. Statist. Math. 12, 1960) established strong duality for moment problems, the basis of generalized Chebyshev bounds; Calafiore, Topcu and El Ghaoui (Systems & Control Letters 58, 2009) gave the semidefinite form of the worst-case probability of a set under mean and covariance information that the paper uses as Lemma A.2. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (Oper. Res. 51, 2003) computed the worst-case Value-at-Risk of a portfolio under mean and covariance information. Calafiore and El Ghaoui (J. Optim. Theory Appl. 130, 2006) showed that a distributionally robust individual chance constraint with a loss affine in ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ is a second-order cone constraint. Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (2013) showed that the worst-case CVaR approximation is exact for every continuous loss that is concave or quadratic in ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ (Theorem 2.2), which is the goal of this mission, and extended the approach to joint chance constraints (the companion mission II).

Setting

Let ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ be a random vector in Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Fix a mean vector μ∈Rk\mu\in\mathbb R^kμ∈Rk and a covariance matrix Σ∈Sk\Sigma\in\mathbb S^kΣ∈Sk with Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 (positive definite). The moment set P\mathcal PP is the set of all probability distributions P\mathbb PP on Rk\mathbb R^kRk with finite second moments, EP[ξ~]=μ\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\tilde\xi]=\muEP​[ξ~​]=μ and EP[(ξ~−μ)(ξ~−μ)⊤]=Σ\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[(\tilde\xi-\mu)(\tilde\xi-\mu)^\top]=\SigmaEP​[(ξ~​−μ)(ξ~​−μ)⊤]=Σ. The second-order moment matrix is

Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μμ⊤1],\Omega=\begin{bmatrix}\Sigma+\mu\mu^\top & \mu\\ \mu^\top & 1\end{bmatrix},Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μ⊤​μ1​],

and ⟨X,Y⟩=Tr⁡(XY)\langle X,Y\rangle=\operatorname{Tr}(XY)⟨X,Y⟩=Tr(XY) is the trace scalar product.

Fix a tolerance ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and a loss L:Rk→RL:\mathbb R^k\to\mathbb RL:Rk→R. Write x+=max⁡{x,0}x^+=\max\{x,0\}x+=max{x,0}. The CVaR of L(ξ~)L(\tilde\xi)L(ξ~​) under P\mathbb PP is

P-CVaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡β∈R{β+1ϵ EP((L(ξ~)−β)+)},\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf_{\beta\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\beta+\frac1\epsilon\,\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((L(\tilde\xi)-\beta)^+\big)\Big\},P-CVaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=β∈Rinf​{β+ϵ1​EP​((L(ξ~​)−β)+)},

and the worst-case CVaR is its supremum over P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P. The distributionally robust individual chance constraint is inf⁡P∈PP(L(ξ~)≤0)≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(L(\tilde\xi)\le0)\ge1-\epsiloninfP∈P​P(L(ξ~​)≤0)≥1−ϵ. The worst-case Value-at-Risk is

WC-VaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡{γ∈R: inf⁡P∈PP(L(ξ~)≤γ)≥1−ϵ}.\mathrm{WC\text{-}VaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf\Big\{\gamma\in\mathbb R:\ \inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\big(L(\tilde\xi)\le\gamma\big)\ge1-\epsilon\Big\}.WC-VaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=inf{γ∈R: P∈Pinf​P(L(ξ~​)≤γ)≥1−ϵ}.

A loss is quadratic if L(ξ)=ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0L(\xi)=\xi^\top Q\xi+q^\top\xi+q^0L(ξ)=ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0, with no sign condition on QQQ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

For a continuous loss LLL that is either concave or (possibly nonconcave) quadratic in ξ\xiξ,

sup⁡P∈PP-CVaRϵ(L(ξ~))≤0  ⟺  inf⁡P∈PP(L(ξ~)≤0)≥1−ϵ.\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon\big(L(\tilde\xi)\big)\le0\iff\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\big(L(\tilde\xi)\le0\big)\ge1-\epsilon .P∈Psup​P-CVaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))≤0⟺P∈Pinf​P(L(ξ~​)≤0)≥1−ϵ.

The implication from left to right holds for every loss; the content of the theorem is the converse.

Milestones

  1. (15): for every measurable LLL, the chance constraint holds iff WC-VaRϵ(L(ξ~))≤0\mathrm{WC\text{-}VaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))\le0WC-VaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))≤0.
  2. Lemma A.2: for a Borel set S\mathcal SS, sup⁡P∈PP(ξ~∈S)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(\tilde\xi\in\mathcal S)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle: M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top 1]M[\xi^\top 1]^\top\ge1\ \forall\xi\in\mathcal S\}supP∈P​P(ξ~​∈S)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}.
  3. Lemma 2.1 (nonlinear Farkas lemma) for convex functions under a Slater point.
  4. Lemma 2.2 (the S\mathcal SS-lemma), through the platform's proved lossless S-procedure.
  5. (20): for the losses of Theorem 2.2,
WC-VaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡{β+1ϵ⟨Ω,M⟩: M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤+β−L(ξ)≥0 ∀ξ}.\mathrm{WC\text{-}VaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf\Big\{\beta+\tfrac1\epsilon\langle\Omega,M\rangle:\ M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top\ 1]M[\xi^\top\ 1]^\top+\beta-L(\xi)\ge0\ \forall\xi\Big\}.WC-VaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=inf{β+ϵ1​⟨Ω,M⟩: M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤+β−L(ξ)≥0 ∀ξ}.
  1. Lemma A.1: sup⁡P∈PEP((f(ξ~))+)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((f(\tilde\xi))^+)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle: M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top 1]M[\xi^\top 1]^\top\ge f(\xi)\ \forall\xi\}supP∈P​EP​((f(ξ~​))+)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ} for measurable fff.
  2. The display after (20): for the losses of Theorem 2.2, the worst-case CVaR equals inf⁡β{β+1ϵsup⁡PEP((L(ξ~)−β)+)}\inf_\beta\{\beta+\frac1\epsilon\sup_{\mathbb P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((L(\tilde\xi)-\beta)^+)\}infβ​{β+ϵ1​supP​EP​((L(ξ~​)−β)+)} and the value of the program in (20).
  3. The identity of p. 9: for the losses of Theorem 2.2, the worst-case CVaR equals the worst-case VaR.

Significance

The theorem says that for concave and for quadratic losses the worst-case CVaR constraint, which is a linear matrix inequality in the decision through (20), describes exactly the feasible set of the distributionally robust chance constraint. Its affine special case (Corollary 2.1 of the paper) gives an exact semidefinite representation of robust individual chance constraints with affine dependence on the uncertainty, the case most used in robust portfolio and engineering models. The same equality between worst-case CVaR and worst-case VaR is the starting point of the paper's treatment of joint chance constraints, where an exact representation is obtained by optimizing over scaling parameters (mission II). The quadratic case covers losses such as portfolio variance terms or quadratic constraint functions, which are neither convex nor concave in general.

The results are proved in the paper, but parts of the argument are sketches. Lemmas A.1 and A.2 are strong duality theorems for moment problems that the paper cites from Isii and from Calafiore et al. rather than proves, and the interchange of supremum and infimum in the worst-case CVaR is justified by a citation to a stochastic saddle-point theorem. To our knowledge none of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked moment-duality theorem with given mean and covariance, a nonlinear Farkas lemma, and a complete proof of the exactness theorem.

Difficulty

The direction from the worst-case CVaR constraint to the chance constraint is elementary. The converse cannot be obtained distribution by distribution: for a single distribution the CVaR is strictly larger than the VaR in general, and for a convex piecewise-linear loss the worst-case equivalence fails (Example 2.1 of the paper). The identity therefore depends on the specific moment set and the specific loss classes, and passes through two infinite-dimensional dualities. The moment set P\mathcal PP is not compact in the weak topology, since mass can escape to infinity while the first two moments stay fixed, so the minimax interchange in the worst-case CVaR does not follow from a standard compact minimax theorem. Lemmas A.1 and A.2 are stated for an arbitrary measurable function and an arbitrary Borel set; their strong duality uses Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 in an essential way. Finally, the semi-infinite constraint "for all ξ\xiξ with L(ξ)>γL(\xi)>\gammaL(ξ)>γ" involves a strict inequality on a nonconvex set, and turning it into a matrix inequality is where concavity or quadraticity of LLL enters.

Formalization scope

  • Rk\mathbb R^kRk is Fin k → ℝ; matrices in Sk+1\mathbb S^{k+1}Sk+1 are indexed by Fin k ⊕ Unit with the extra coordinate last, so that [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤[\xi^\top 1]M[\xi^\top 1]^\top[ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤ is liftQuad M ξ. Ω\OmegaΩ is built from the published ConvexOptimization.symQuadBlock.
  • P\mathcal PP is every probability measure with every coordinate in L2L^2L2, mean μ\muμ and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ (the published MomentDRO.Conf.HasSecondMoments, meanVec, covMat). It is not restricted to discrete laws, densities or a support set.
  • The standing assumptions Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) are hypotheses of every theorem. Lemma 2.1 involves no distribution and does not carry them. Lemma A.1 needs measurability of fff and Lemma A.2 a Borel set, as printed; (15) is stated for every measurable loss.
  • CVaR, the worst-case CVaR, the worst-case expectation, the worst-case VaR and the values of the semidefinite programs are extended reals. Expectations of positive parts are lower Lebesgue integrals and may be +∞+\infty+∞; an infimum over an empty feasible set is +∞+\infty+∞. A formalization with real-valued suprema would assign 000 to an unbounded worst-case CVaR and make the constraint "worst-case CVaR ≤0\le 0≤0" hold by a default value; this encoding rules that out.
  • A quadratic loss is ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0\xi^\top Q\xi+q^\top\xi+q^0ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0 with QQQ neither symmetric nor definite; concavity is on all of Rk\mathbb R^kRk.
  • The printed S\mathcal SS-lemma (homogeneous forms, general ppp) is replaced by the platform's proved lossless S-procedure for two inhomogeneous quadratics under a Slater point, which is the form the proof uses.

A complete development needs moment-problem duality on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, a convex Farkas lemma, and the S-procedure (already proved on the platform). The first two are reusable beyond this mission, in particular by mission II, which uses Lemmas A.1 and A.2 verbatim. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • S. Zymler, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Distributionally robust joint chance constraints with second-order moment information, Mathematical Programming 137 (2013) 167–198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0494-7
  • R. T. Rockafellar, S. Uryasev, Optimization of conditional value-at-risk, Journal of Risk 2 (2000) 21–41. https://doi.org/10.21314/JOR.2000.038
  • K. Isii, The extrema of probability determined by generalized moments (I) bounded random variables, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 12 (1960) 119–134 (reference [14] of the paper).
  • G. Calafiore, U. Topcu, L. El Ghaoui, Parameter estimation with expected and residual-at-risk criteria, Systems & Control Letters 58 (2009) 39–46 (reference [7] of the paper).
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Operations Research 51 (2003) 543–556. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • G. C. Calafiore, L. El Ghaoui, On distributionally robust chance-constrained linear programs, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 130 (2006) 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-006-9084-x
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007) 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Convergence of Regularized Learning in Games II: If Every Player Runs Optimistic FTRL with Step Size (n−1)^{−1/2}T^{−1/4}, Each Player's Regret Is at Most (R+4)√(n−1)·T^{1/4}Research Paper

Motivation

When every participant in a repeated game runs a no-regret learning algorithm, the time-averaged play converges to a coarse correlated equilibrium, and in smooth games the average welfare approaches the price-of-anarchy guarantee. These facts are a standard justification for equilibrium predictions in auctions, routing and markets, where agents learn rather than solve for equilibria. Against an adversary, the regret of any learning algorithm can grow like T\sqrt TT​, which gives average regret of order T−1/2T^{-1/2}T−1/2. Syrgkanis, Agarwal, Luo and Schapire (arXiv:1507.00407, NIPS 2015) asked whether learning is faster when the opponents are themselves learning, and so their play changes slowly.

Timeline. Daskalakis, Deckelbaum and Kim (2011) gave a decentralized algorithm with O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret in two-player zero-sum games. Rakhlin and Sridharan (2013) obtained the same rate in zero-sum games with optimistic mirror descent, which uses the last observed utility as a prediction of the next one. Syrgkanis et al. (2015) extended recency-biased learning to general multi-player normal-form games. They isolated the RVU property, proved that it gives constant total regret (Theorem 4, Corollary 8), and proved that each individual player's regret is O(T1/4)O(T^{1/4})O(T1/4) (Theorem 11, Corollary 12). This mission formalizes the second result. Later work by Chen and Peng (2020) and by Daskalakis, Fishelson and Golowich (2021) improved the individual rate to polylogarithmic in TTT.

Setting

A static game has nnn players. Each player iii has a finite strategy set SiS_iSi​ with ∣Si∣=d|S_i|=d∣Si​∣=d, and a utility function ui:S1×⋯×Sn→[0,1]u_i:S_1\times\cdots\times S_n\to[0,1]ui​:S1​×⋯×Sn​→[0,1]. A mixed strategy is a point wiw_iwi​ of the probability simplex Δ(Si)⊂Rd\Delta(S_i)\subset\mathbb R^dΔ(Si​)⊂Rd, and the players randomize independently. The game is played at times t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T. At time ttt each player picks wit∈Δ(Si)w_i^t\in\Delta(S_i)wit​∈Δ(Si​) and then observes its utility vector

uit=(Es−i∼w−it[ui(x,s−i)])x∈Si,u_i^t=\big(\mathbb E_{s_{-i}\sim w_{-i}^t}[u_i(x,s_{-i})]\big)_{x\in S_i},uit​=(Es−i​∼w−it​​[ui​(x,s−i​)])x∈Si​​,

so its expected utility is ⟨wit,uit⟩\langle w_i^t,u_i^t\rangle⟨wit​,uit​⟩. The regret of player iii after TTT steps is

ri(T)=sup⁡wi∗∈Δ(Si)∑t=1T⟨wi∗−wit,uit⟩.r_i(T)=\sup_{w_i^*\in\Delta(S_i)}\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w_i^*-w_i^t,u_i^t\rangle .ri​(T)=wi∗​∈Δ(Si​)sup​t=1∑T​⟨wi∗​−wit​,uit​⟩.

Strategies are measured in the norm ∥⋅∥=∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|=\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥=∥⋅∥1​. Utilities are measured in its dual, ∥v∥∗=∥v∥∞\|v\|_*=\|v\|_\infty∥v∥∗​=∥v∥∞​. A regularizer R\mathcal RR is 1-strongly convex if R(a+b2)≤R(a)+R(b)2−∥a−b∥128\mathcal R(\frac{a+b}2)\le\frac{\mathcal R(a)+\mathcal R(b)}2-\frac{\|a-b\|_1^2}8R(2a+b​)≤2R(a)+R(b)​−8∥a−b∥12​​. The range RRR is max⁡i(sup⁡ΔRi−inf⁡ΔRi)\max_i(\sup_{\Delta}\mathcal R_i-\inf_\Delta\mathcal R_i)maxi​(supΔ​Ri​−infΔ​Ri​).

Optimistic follow the regularized leader (OFTRL) with step size η>0\eta>0η>0 and predictor sequence MitM_i^tMit​ plays wi0=argmin⁡ΔRw_i^0=\operatorname{argmin}_\Delta\mathcal Rwi0​=argminΔ​R and

wiT=argmax⁡w∈Δ(Si)⟨w, ∑t=1T−1uit+MiT⟩−R(w)η.w_i^T=\operatorname*{argmax}_{w\in\Delta(S_i)}\Big\langle w,\ \sum_{t=1}^{T-1}u_i^t+M_i^T\Big\rangle-\frac{\mathcal R(w)}{\eta}.wiT​=w∈Δ(Si​)argmax​⟨w, t=1∑T−1​uit​+MiT​⟩−ηR(w)​.

With one-step recency bias, MiT=uiT−1M_i^T=u_i^{T-1}MiT​=uiT−1​. An algorithm has the RVU property (Regret bounded by Variation in Utilities) with parameters α,β,γ\alpha,\beta,\gammaα,β,γ if its regret against every w∗w^*w∗ is at most α+β∑t∥ut−ut−1∥∗2−γ∑t∥wt−wt−1∥2\alpha+\beta\sum_t\|u^t-u^{t-1}\|_*^2-\gamma\sum_t\|w^t-w^{t-1}\|^2α+β∑t​∥ut−ut−1∥∗2​−γ∑t​∥wt−wt−1∥2. It has the stability property with constant κ\kappaκ if ∥wit−wit+1∥≤κ\|w_i^t-w_i^{t+1}\|\le\kappa∥wit​−wit+1​∥≤κ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 12 (p. 5)

If n≥2n\ge2n≥2, every player runs OFTRL with Mit=uit−1M_i^t=u_i^{t-1}Mit​=uit−1​ and η=(n−1)−1/2T−1/4\eta=(n-1)^{-1/2}T^{-1/4}η=(n−1)−1/2T−1/4, then for every player iii and every wi∗∈Δ(Si)w_i^*\in\Delta(S_i)wi∗​∈Δ(Si​),

∑t=1T⟨wi∗−wit,uit⟩≤(R+4)n−1⋅T1/4.\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w_i^*-w_i^t,u_i^t\rangle\le(R+4)\sqrt{n-1}\cdot T^{1/4}.t=1∑T​⟨wi∗​−wit​,uit​⟩≤(R+4)n−1​⋅T1/4.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 20 (supp. p. 4): ∥wt−gt∥≤η∥Mt−ut∥∗\|w^t-g^t\|\le\eta\|M^t-u^t\|_*∥wt−gt∥≤η∥Mt−ut∥∗​ and ∥gt−wt+1∥≤η∥Mt+1∥∗\|g^t-w^{t+1}\|\le\eta\|M^{t+1}\|_*∥gt−wt+1∥≤η∥Mt+1∥∗​, where gT=argmax⁡Δ⟨g,∑t≤Tut⟩−R(g)/ηg^T=\operatorname{argmax}_\Delta\langle g,\sum_{t\le T}u^t\rangle-\mathcal R(g)/\etagT=argmaxΔ​⟨g,∑t≤T​ut⟩−R(g)/η is the leader sequence.
  2. Stability with κ=2η\kappa=2\etaκ=2η (p. 5, before Corollary 12): OFTRL with Mt=ut−1M^t=u^{t-1}Mt=ut−1 and utilities in [0,1][0,1][0,1] moves by at most 2η2\eta2η per step.
  3. Proposition 7 (p. 5): OFTRL with Mt=ut−1M^t=u^{t-1}Mt=ut−1 has the RVU property with α=R/η\alpha=R/\etaα=R/η, β=η\beta=\etaβ=η, γ=1/(4η)\gamma=1/(4\eta)γ=1/(4η).
  4. The display in the proof of Theorem 11 (p. 5): ∥uit−uit−1∥∗2≤(n−1)∑j≠i∥wjt−wjt−1∥2≤(n−1)2κ2\|u_i^t-u_i^{t-1}\|_*^2\le(n-1)\sum_{j\ne i}\|w_j^t-w_j^{t-1}\|^2\le(n-1)^2\kappa^2∥uit​−uit−1​∥∗2​≤(n−1)∑j=i​∥wjt​−wjt−1​∥2≤(n−1)2κ2.
  5. Theorem 11 (p. 5): RVU with α>0,β>0,γ≥0\alpha>0,\beta>0,\gamma\ge0α>0,β>0,γ≥0 plus stability κ\kappaκ give each player regret at most α+βκ2(n−1)2T\alpha+\beta\kappa^2(n-1)^2Tα+βκ2(n−1)2T.

Significance

The result. Corollary 12 shows that recency-biased regularized learning in a game guarantees each player average regret O(T−3/4)O(T^{-3/4})O(T−3/4). The adversarial optimum is O(T−1/2)O(T^{-1/2})O(T−1/2). The bound covers every player separately and needs no coordination beyond a common step size. Corollary 8, by contrast, bounds only the sum of the regrets. Theorem 11 isolates the two algorithmic properties responsible, RVU and stability. Any algorithm with both, including optimistic mirror descent and the other recency biases of the paper, inherits the bound.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, with the proofs of Proposition 7 and Lemma 20 in its supplementary material. No machine-checked version of optimistic FTRL, of the RVU property or of fast rates in games appears to exist. A formalization makes the following explicit: the strong-convexity form the proofs actually use, the convention for the first utility vector u0u^0u0, and the exact range of times on which stability is needed. A later mission of this series formalizes the companion bound on total regret (Corollary 8) on the same objects.

Difficulty

The game-theoretic part is short. Once Proposition 7 and the stability bound are available, Theorem 11 is a summation and Corollary 12 is arithmetic with real powers. The weight lies in the single-player analysis of optimistic FTRL. The first idea, to compare consecutive argmax points through first-order optimality conditions, fails because the regularizer need not be differentiable and the maximizers can lie on the boundary of the simplex. The arguments must work with the optimality of argmax points over Δ\DeltaΔ and with a quadratic-growth consequence of strong convexity. That consequence is not immediate from the midpoint condition in footnote 3. It needs continuity of the regularizer to pass from midpoints to the whole segment. Bounding the variation of utility vectors by the movement of the other players needs a total-variation estimate for product distributions.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin n and strategies Fin d, both indexed from 000. Time keeps the paper's indices: w0w^0w0 is the initial play and sums run over t∈{1,…,T}t\in\{1,\dots,T\}t∈{1,…,T}. The vector ui0u_i^0ui0​ is the utility vector against w0w^0w0; the paper never defines it. Mixed profiles and expectations use the published agt_games definitions. ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​ is Mathlib's sup norm. Optimistic FTRL and the leader sequence are predicates on trajectories, so every maximizer is a valid run. The goal quantifies over every run of the dynamics.

Standing assumptions and disclosed additions:

  • utilities lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1] (§2);
  • each player may have its own regularizer (footnote 2);
  • strong convexity is footnote 3's midpoint condition on Δ\DeltaΔ plus continuity on Δ\DeltaΔ;
  • RRR is any common upper bound on the ranges, which includes the exact range;
  • n≥2n\ge2n≥2 and T≥1T\ge1T≥1, since otherwise the step size is undefined;
  • the regret's supremum is expressed as a bound for every comparator w∗∈Δw^*\in\Deltaw∗∈Δ;
  • Theorem 11 assumes RVU only on the realized play, which strengthens the theorem, and stability only for the steps t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1.

Trivializations are ruled out. The regularizer class is nonempty: (d/2)∑xwx2(d/2)\sum_x w_x^2(d/2)∑x​wx2​ satisfies it. Removing the [0,1][0,1][0,1] bound on utilities would make the stability claim false. The goal fixes the paper's step size and constant, so it is not a statement about a chosen run, an unbounded supremum or a vacuous parameter range.

A complete development needs the following:

  • quadratic growth of strongly convex functions at constrained maximizers, for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ on the simplex;
  • the be-the-leader induction of Theorem 19;
  • a total-variation bound for product measures on finite sets.

These are reusable well beyond this mission, for online learning and for learning in games, and contributions of each are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Syrgkanis, A. Agarwal, H. Luo, R. E. Schapire, Fast Convergence of Regularized Learning in Games, NIPS 2015; arXiv:1507.00407v5. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.00407
  • A. Rakhlin, K. Sridharan, Optimization, Learning, and Games with Predictable Sequences, NIPS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.1869
  • C. Daskalakis, A. Deckelbaum, A. Kim, Near-Optimal No-Regret Algorithms for Zero-Sum Games, SODA 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.1489
  • X. Chen, B. Peng, Hedging in Games: Faster Convergence of External and Swap Regrets, NeurIPS 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.04953
  • C. Daskalakis, M. Fishelson, N. Golowich, Near-Optimal No-Regret Learning in General Games, NeurIPS 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2108.06924
  • T. Roughgarden, Intrinsic Robustness of the Price of Anarchy, J. ACM 62(5), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1145/2806883
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationDynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes 2: The Affine Reward-to-Go Semidefinite Program Is Exact for One Quadratic Constraint and Conservative for SeveralResearch Paper

Why evaluate a policy against an ambiguous transition kernel

A Markov decision process (MDP) evaluates a policy by its expected discounted reward, which requires the transition probabilities. In practice these are estimated from data, and the optimal policy of the estimated model can perform badly under the true kernel. Robust MDPs replace the kernel by an ambiguity set of kernels and judge a policy by its worst-case expected reward over that set (Satia–Lave 1973; Nilim–El Ghaoui 2005; Iyengar 2005).

Robust evaluation is tractable when the ambiguity set is rectangular, meaning that the kernels of different states (or state–action pairs) can be chosen independently. Many natural ambiguity sets are not rectangular, for example confidence regions for jointly estimated parameters. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem (Math. Oper. Res. 2013) show that for general sets robust policy evaluation is NP-hard even to approximate (their Theorem 2.6). They then give a lower bound computable by semidefinite programming, which is the subject of this mission.

Timeline:

  • 1973: Satia and Lave pose MDPs with uncertain transition probabilities.
  • 2005: Nilim–El Ghaoui and Iyengar solve robust dynamic programming over (s, a)-rectangular sets with deterministic policies.
  • 2011: Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou develop affine (linear) decision rules with S-lemma reformulations in stochastic and robust optimization.
  • 2013: Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem treat s-rectangular and non-rectangular ambiguity sets with randomized policies. For the latter they give the affine approximation of their Theorem 3.8.

The robust MDP with an affinely parametrized ambiguity set

There are finitely many states S\mathcal SS and actions A\mathcal AA. Choosing action aaa in state sss and moving to s′s's′ earns a reward r(s,a,s′)≥0r(s,a,s')\ge 0r(s,a,s′)≥0. Rewards are discounted by λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1), and the initial state has distribution p0p_0p0​ in the probability simplex M(S)\mathcal M(\mathcal S)M(S). An unknown parameter ξ\xiξ lies in

Ξ:={ξ∈Rq:ξ⊤Ol ξ+ol⊤ξ+ωl≥0, l=1,…,L},\Xi := \{\xi\in\mathbb R^q : \xi^\top O_l\,\xi + o_l^\top\xi + \omega_l\ge 0,\ l=1,\dots,L\},Ξ:={ξ∈Rq:ξ⊤Ol​ξ+ol⊤​ξ+ωl​≥0, l=1,…,L},

where each OlO_lOl​ is symmetric with Ol⪯0O_l\preceq 0Ol​⪯0. The set Ξ\XiΞ is bounded and has a Slater point ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, at which every constraint is strict. The transition probabilities depend affinely on ξ\xiξ: pξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa+Ksaξp^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a) = k_{sa}+K_{sa}\xipξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa​+Ksa​ξ, and this is a probability vector for every ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ.

A stationary randomized policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π fixes a distribution π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) over actions in each state. It induces the transition matrix P^ss′(ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a)\widehat P_{ss'}(\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)Pss′​(ξ)=∑a​π(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a) and the expected rewards r^s(ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′)\widehat r_s(\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s'}p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)r(s,a,s')rs​(ξ)=∑a​π(a∣s)∑s′​pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′). The reward to-go is v(ξ)=∑t≥0[λP^(ξ)]tr^(ξ)v(\xi)=\sum_{t\ge0}[\lambda\widehat P(\xi)]^t\widehat r(\xi)v(ξ)=∑t≥0​[λP(ξ)]tr(ξ). Robust policy evaluation asks for inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤v(ξ)\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top v(\xi)infξ∈Ξ​p0⊤​v(ξ).

Fix π\piπ. The affine approximate policy evaluation problem restricts reward to-go functions to affine maps ϑ(ξ)=w+Wξ\vartheta(\xi)=w+W\xiϑ(ξ)=w+Wξ:

sup⁡w,W{inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤(w+Wξ):w+Wξ≤r^(ξ)+λP^(ξ)(w+Wξ)  ∀ξ∈Ξ}.(19)\sup_{w,W}\Big\{\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top(w+W\xi) : w+W\xi\le\widehat r(\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\xi)(w+W\xi)\ \ \forall\xi\in\Xi\Big\}. \tag{19}w,Wsup​{ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​(w+Wξ):w+Wξ≤r(ξ)+λP(ξ)(w+Wξ)  ∀ξ∈Ξ}.(19)

The semidefinite program (20) maximizes τ\tauτ over (τ,w,W,γ,Γ)(\tau,w,W,\gamma,\Gamma)(τ,w,W,γ,Γ) with γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0 and Γ≥0\Gamma\ge0Γ≥0, subject to (1+q)×(1+q)(1+q)\times(1+q)(1+q)×(1+q) linear matrix inequalities. Constraint (20b) involves p0⊤w−τp_0^\top w-\taup0⊤​w−τ, W⊤p0W^\top p_0W⊤p0​ and the matrices Ql=[ωl12ol⊤12olOl]Q_l=\big[\begin{smallmatrix}\omega_l & \frac12 o_l^\top\\ \frac12 o_l & O_l\end{smallmatrix}\big]Ql​=[ωl​21​ol​​21​ol⊤​Ol​​]. Constraints (20c), one per state, involve ksak_{sa}ksa​, KsaK_{sa}Ksa​, rsa=(r(s,a,s′))s′r_{sa}=(r(s,a,s'))_{s'}rsa​=(r(s,a,s′))s′​, www, WWW and QlQ_lQl​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8

Let (τ∗,w∗,W∗,γ∗,Γ∗)(\tau^*,w^*,W^*,\gamma^*,\Gamma^*)(τ∗,w∗,W∗,γ∗,Γ∗) be an optimal solution of (20).

  • If L=1L=1L=1, then τ∗\tau^*τ∗ equals the supremum of (19), and ϑ∗(ξ)=w∗+W∗ξ\vartheta^*(\xi)=w^*+W^*\xiϑ∗(ξ)=w∗+W∗ξ is feasible and optimal in (19).
  • If L>1L>1L>1, then ϑ∗\vartheta^*ϑ∗ is feasible in (19), τ∗\tau^*τ∗ is a lower bound on the supremum of (19), and
inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤(w∗+W∗ξ)=τ∗.\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top(w^*+W^*\xi)=\tau^*.ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​(w∗+W∗ξ)=τ∗.

The theorem takes an optimal solution of (20) as given; it does not assert that (20) has one.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (c): every sub-solution w≤r^(ξ)+λP^(ξ)ww\le\widehat r(\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\xi)ww≤r(ξ)+λP(ξ)w lies below v(ξ)v(\xi)v(ξ).
  2. Every feasible (w,W)(w,W)(w,W) of (19) satisfies w+Wξ≤rˉe/(1−λ)w+W\xi\le\bar r e/(1-\lambda)w+Wξ≤rˉe/(1−λ) on Ξ\XiΞ, where rˉ=max⁡r\bar r=\max rrˉ=maxr.
  3. Problem (19) is solvable.
  4. Proposition 3.7 (17), the approximate S-lemma: if some γ≥0\gamma\ge 0γ≥0 makes [σ12s⊤12sS]−∑lγlQl⪰0\big[\begin{smallmatrix}\sigma & \frac12 s^\top\\ \frac12 s & S\end{smallmatrix}\big]-\sum_l\gamma_lQ_l\succeq0[σ21​s​21​s⊤S​]−∑l​γl​Ql​⪰0, then ξ⊤Sξ+s⊤ξ+σ≥0\xi^\top S\xi+s^\top\xi+\sigma\ge0ξ⊤Sξ+s⊤ξ+σ≥0 on Ξ\XiΞ.
  5. The reverse implication of 4 when S⪰0S\succeq 0S⪰0.
  6. The reverse implication of 4 when L=1L=1L=1: the published S-procedure, reused here.
  7. The constraint τ≤p0⊤(w+Wξ)\tau\le p_0^\top(w+W\xi)τ≤p0⊤​(w+Wξ) on Ξ\XiΞ is equivalent to (20b).
  8. Constraint (20c) at sss implies the semi-infinite feasibility constraint of (19) at sss, with equivalence when L=1L=1L=1.

Significance

When the ambiguity set is not rectangular, the robust value of a policy cannot be approximated efficiently in general. Theorem 3.8 gives a certified lower bound τ∗\tau^*τ∗ on it, computable by a semidefinite program of size polynomial in ∣S∣|\mathcal S|∣S∣, ∣A∣|\mathcal A|∣A∣, qqq and LLL. Proposition 3.1 (c) makes (19) a restriction of the exact evaluation problem. For L=1L=1L=1, for example an ellipsoidal confidence region for ξ\xiξ, the bound is the best affine one. The paper uses the theorem to compare policies under non-rectangular ambiguity, and in Proposition 3.10 to show that the bound is tight for s-rectangular sets.

On the formal side, the theorems are proved in the paper, and none of them, nor Proposition 3.7, has been formalized before. The platform has the exact S-procedure for one constraint, reused here, and other S-lemma variants in other settings. It has no approximate S-lemma for several concave quadratic constraints, no convex-Farkas argument for S⪰0S\succeq 0S⪰0, and no robust MDP with an affine parametrization. A completed mission would give a machine-checked SDP reformulation of a semi-infinite constraint in a dynamic programming setting.

Difficulty

Each direction rests on a different fact. The step from (20) to (19) is the elementary direction of the S-lemma, applied state by state and then combined with the objective's epigraph constraint. Showing that the bound is attained for L=1L=1L=1 needs four further facts:

  • Problem (19) has an optimal solution. Its feasible region is unbounded (adding a constant c≤0c\le0c≤0 to www preserves feasibility), so attainment needs the uniform bound of milestone 2 and a Slater ball inside Ξ\XiΞ.
  • The objective's epigraph constraint τ≤p0⊤(w+Wξ)\tau\le p_0^\top(w+W\xi)τ≤p0⊤​(w+Wξ) on Ξ\XiΞ and (20b) are exactly equivalent for every LLL, by convex Farkas (milestone 5).
  • (20c) is exact for L=1L=1L=1, by the lossless S-procedure.
  • The lower-right block λKsa⊤W\lambda K_{sa}^\top WλKsa⊤​W of (20c) is not symmetric.

A tempting shortcut is to treat (20c) as an ordinary positive semidefinite constraint on a symmetric matrix. That is wrong here: the matrix is not symmetric, and only its quadratic form carries meaning.

Formalization scope

Everything is finite-dimensional, and no measure theory is used.

  • Types. States and actions are nonempty finite types. A policy is π:S→A→R\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal A\to\mathbb Rπ:S→A→R with each π(s)\pi(s)π(s) a probability vector (the published IsPolicy). P^\widehat PP and r^\widehat rr are built from the published InducedTransition and InducedReward.
  • Reward to-go. vvv is defined by the matrix-power series (8). The paper defines it as an expectation (5) and cites that (5) equals (8).
  • The set Ξ\XiΞ. It is the set defined by the data (Ol,ol,ωl)(O_l,o_l,\omega_l)(Ol​,ol​,ωl​), with ωl\omega_lωl​ indexed by lll; the page prints ω\omegaω without the index in (3b). Boundedness, the Slater point and Ol⪯0O_l\preceq0Ol​⪯0 (as PosSemidef of −Ol-O_l−Ol​) are hypotheses.
  • Problem (19). Affine ϑ\varthetaϑ is encoded as (w,W)(w,W)(w,W), the paper's own (21). The objective is an infimum over the subtype Ξ\XiΞ, which is attained because Ξ\XiΞ is nonempty and compact. "The supremum of (19)" is the greatest element, or every upper bound, of the set of feasible objective values.
  • Block matrices. They have index type Unit ⊕ Fin q, with the scalar entry first. "A⪰0A\succeq0A⪰0" means x⊤Ax≥0x^\top Ax\ge0x⊤Ax≥0 for all xxx. This agrees with positive semidefiniteness on symmetric matrices and is the only faithful reading for (20c). Encoding (20c) with Mathlib's PosSemidef would make (20) infeasible and the goal vacuous, which is ruled out here. A verification instance with ∣S∣=2|\mathcal S|=2∣S∣=2, q=L=1q=L=1q=L=1 shows that the standing hypotheses hold and that (0,0,0,0,0)(0,0,0,0,0)(0,0,0,0,0) is feasible in (20).
  • The S-procedure reference. It puts the scalar entry last and uses the opposite sign convention. Applying it to (17) for L=1L=1L=1 takes a permutation congruence and negation.

Welcome contributions include:

  • the approximate S-lemma and the convex Farkas theorem of the alternative for several quadratic constraints, both reusable well beyond this mission;
  • Proposition 3.1 (c) (the comparison principle for discounted Markov reward processes);
  • compactness and attainment arguments for semi-infinite linear programs over Ξ\XiΞ.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013; preprint Optimization Online 2610, revision of February 9, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Mathematical Programming 130(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, Semidefinite programming, SIAM Review 38(1), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1137/1038003
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Convergence of Regularized Learning in Games I: If Every Player Runs Optimistic FTRL with Step Size 1/(2(n−1)), the Sum of All Players' Regrets Is at Most 2n(n−1)RResearch Paper

Motivation

When the players of a game repeatedly adjust their strategies with no-regret learning algorithms, the empirical distribution of play converges to a coarse correlated equilibrium, and in smooth games the average social welfare approaches the price-of-anarchy guarantee of the game (Roughgarden 2009). For generic no-regret algorithms such as Hedge the convergence rate is O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​), because each player's regret after TTT rounds is of order T\sqrt TT​ in the worst case, against an adversary.

Other players are not adversaries: they are also learning, and their strategies change slowly. Syrgkanis, Agarwal, Luo and Schapire (NIPS 2015, arXiv:1507.00407v5) identify a property of learning algorithms, regret bounded by variation in utilities (RVU), under which this predictability can be exploited in general multi-player games, and show that a natural class of algorithms has it. This mission formalizes their first main consequence: if every player uses optimistic follow the regularized leader (OFTRL), the sum of all players' regrets stays bounded by a constant independent of TTT, so the average welfare converges at rate O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T).

Timeline. Rakhlin and Sridharan (COLT 2013; NIPS 2013) introduced optimistic mirror descent and showed O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T / T)O(logT/T) convergence to the minimax value in two-player zero-sum games when both players use it. Syrgkanis et al. (2015) extend the fast-rate phenomenon to general nnn-player games and arbitrary no-regret algorithms with the RVU property (Theorem 4), and establish RVU for OFTRL (Proposition 7), giving Corollary 8.

Setting

A game has nnn players. Each player iii has a finite strategy set SiS_iSi​ with ∣Si∣=d|S_i| = d∣Si​∣=d, and a utility ui(s)∈[0,1]u_i(s) \in [0,1]ui​(s)∈[0,1] for each pure profile s=(s1,…,sn)s = (s_1, \dots, s_n)s=(s1​,…,sn​). A mixed strategy is a point wiw_iwi​ of the probability simplex Δ=Δ(Si)⊂Rd\Delta = \Delta(S_i) \subset \mathbb R^dΔ=Δ(Si​)⊂Rd, and a mixed profile w=(w1,…,wn)w = (w_1, \dots, w_n)w=(w1​,…,wn​) induces the product distribution on pure profiles.

The game is played for TTT rounds. At round ttt each player picks wit∈Δw_i^t \in \Deltawit​∈Δ and then observes the utility vector uit∈Rdu_i^t \in \mathbb R^duit​∈Rd with entries

ui,xt=Es−i∼w−it[ui(x,s−i)],x∈Si,u^t_{i,x} = \mathbb E_{s_{-i}\sim w^t_{-i}}\big[u_i(x, s_{-i})\big], \qquad x \in S_i ,ui,xt​=Es−i​∼w−it​​[ui​(x,s−i​)],x∈Si​,

so that ⟨wit,uit⟩\langle w_i^t, u_i^t\rangle⟨wit​,uit​⟩ is the expected utility of player iii at round ttt. The regret of player iii is

ri(T)=sup⁡w∗∈Δ∑t=1T⟨w∗−wit,uit⟩.r_i(T) = \sup_{w^* \in \Delta} \sum_{t=1}^T \langle w^* - w_i^t, u_i^t\rangle .ri​(T)=w∗∈Δsup​t=1∑T​⟨w∗−wit​,uit​⟩.

The primal norm is ∥v∥=∥v∥1\|v\| = \|v\|_1∥v∥=∥v∥1​ and its dual is ∥v∥∗=∥v∥∞\|v\|_* = \|v\|_\infty∥v∥∗​=∥v∥∞​. A regularizer R:Δ→R\mathcal R : \Delta \to \mathbb RR:Δ→R is 1-strongly convex if R(a+b2)≤R(a)+R(b)2−∥a−b∥128\mathcal R(\tfrac{a+b}{2}) \le \tfrac{\mathcal R(a) + \mathcal R(b)}{2} - \tfrac{\|a-b\|_1^2}{8}R(2a+b​)≤2R(a)+R(b)​−8∥a−b∥12​​ for all a,b∈Δa, b \in \Deltaa,b∈Δ, and RRR denotes a bound on its range, R(f)−R(g)≤R\mathcal R(f) - \mathcal R(g) \le RR(f)−R(g)≤R on Δ\DeltaΔ. Optimistic FTRL with step size η>0\eta > 0η>0 and predictors MitM^t_iMit​ plays wi0=argmin⁡ΔRw_i^0 = \operatorname{argmin}_\Delta \mathcal Rwi0​=argminΔ​R and, for T≥1T \ge 1T≥1,

wiT∈argmax⁡w∈Δ ⟨w,∑t=1T−1uit+MiT⟩−R(w)η.w_i^T \in \operatorname*{argmax}_{w \in \Delta}\ \Big\langle w, \sum_{t=1}^{T-1} u_i^t + M_i^T\Big\rangle - \frac{\mathcal R(w)}{\eta}.wiT​∈w∈Δargmax​ ⟨w,t=1∑T−1​uit​+MiT​⟩−ηR(w)​.

With one-step recency bias, MiT=uiT−1M_i^T = u_i^{T-1}MiT​=uiT−1​: the algorithm bets that the next utility vector equals the last one.

An algorithm has the RVU property with constants α>0\alpha > 0α>0, 0<β≤γ0 < \beta \le \gamma0<β≤γ if for every utility sequence

∑t=1T⟨w∗−wt,ut⟩≤α+β∑t=1T∥ut−ut−1∥∗2−γ∑t=1T∥wt−wt−1∥2.\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w^* - w^t, u^t\rangle \le \alpha + \beta\sum_{t=1}^T \|u^t - u^{t-1}\|_*^2 - \gamma \sum_{t=1}^T \|w^t - w^{t-1}\|^2 .t=1∑T​⟨w∗−wt,ut⟩≤α+βt=1∑T​∥ut−ut−1∥∗2​−γt=1∑T​∥wt−wt−1∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 8

If every player runs OFTRL with Mit=uit−1M_i^t = u_i^{t-1}Mit​=uit−1​ and η=1/(2(n−1))\eta = 1/(2(n-1))η=1/(2(n−1)), n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, then for every TTT

∑iri(T)≤nRη=2n(n−1)R.\sum_{i} r_i(T) \le \frac{nR}{\eta} = 2n(n-1)R .i∑​ri​(T)≤ηnR​=2n(n−1)R.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 19 (supp. p. 3): the regret of OFTRL with any predictor sequence is at most R/η+∑t∥ut−Mt∥∗∥wt−gt∥−12η∑t(∥wt−gt∥2+∥wt−gt−1∥2)R/\eta + \sum_t \|u^t - M^t\|_*\|w^t - g^t\| - \frac{1}{2\eta}\sum_t(\|w^t - g^t\|^2 + \|w^t - g^{t-1}\|^2)R/η+∑t​∥ut−Mt∥∗​∥wt−gt∥−2η1​∑t​(∥wt−gt∥2+∥wt−gt−1∥2), where gtg^tgt is the leader sequence.
  2. Lemma 20 (supp. p. 4): ∥wt−gt∥≤η∥Mt−ut∥∗\|w^t - g^t\| \le \eta\|M^t - u^t\|_*∥wt−gt∥≤η∥Mt−ut∥∗​ and ∥gt−wt+1∥≤η∥Mt+1∥∗\|g^t - w^{t+1}\| \le \eta\|M^{t+1}\|_*∥gt−wt+1∥≤η∥Mt+1∥∗​.
  3. Proposition 7 (p. 5): OFTRL with Mt=ut−1M^t = u^{t-1}Mt=ut−1 has RVU with α=R/η\alpha = R/\etaα=R/η, β=η\beta = \etaβ=η, γ=1/(4η)\gamma = 1/(4\eta)γ=1/(4η).
  4. Display (2) (p. 4): ∥uit−uit−1∥∗\|u_i^t - u_i^{t-1}\|_*∥uit​−uit−1​∥∗​ is at most the total variation between the opponents' product distributions, which is at most ∑j≠i∥wjt−wjt−1∥1\sum_{j \ne i}\|w_j^t - w_j^{t-1}\|_1∑j=i​∥wjt​−wjt−1​∥1​.
  5. The variation bound (p. 4): ∑i∥uit−uit−1∥∗2≤(n−1)2∑i∥wit−wit−1∥12\sum_i \|u^t_i - u^{t-1}_i\|_*^2 \le (n-1)^2 \sum_i \|w_i^t - w_i^{t-1}\|_1^2∑i​∥uit​−uit−1​∥∗2​≤(n−1)2∑i​∥wit​−wit−1​∥12​.
  6. Theorem 4 (p. 4): if every player satisfies RVU with β≤γ/(n−1)2\beta \le \gamma/(n-1)^2β≤γ/(n−1)2 and ∥⋅∥=∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\| = \|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥=∥⋅∥1​, then ∑iri(T)≤αn\sum_i r_i(T) \le \alpha n∑i​ri​(T)≤αn.

A companion statement, Proposition 2 (p. 3), turns a regret bound into a welfare bound in a (λ,μ)(\lambda,\mu)(λ,μ)-smooth game: 1T∑tW(wt)≥λ1+μOPT−11+μ1T∑iri(T)\frac1T\sum_t W(w^t) \ge \frac{\lambda}{1+\mu}\mathrm{OPT} - \frac{1}{1+\mu}\frac1T\sum_i r_i(T)T1​∑t​W(wt)≥1+μλ​OPT−1+μ1​T1​∑i​ri​(T).

Significance

Corollary 8 says that uncoupled learning dynamics, in which each player sees only its own utility vectors, can keep the total regret of all players bounded by a constant in an arbitrary finite game. By Proposition 2 this gives O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) convergence of the average welfare to the price-of-anarchy bound in smooth games, against O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) for generic no-regret algorithms. The RVU framework has since become a standard tool in the analysis of optimistic learning in games, and Theorem 4 decouples the game-level argument from the choice of algorithm.

The paper's proofs are in its supplementary material (App. A and C). None of the results here has a machine-checked proof to our knowledge. A complete formalization produces a reusable layer: utility vectors of mixed profiles, total-variation subadditivity for finite product distributions, and the regret analysis of optimistic FTRL under an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-strongly convex regularizer.

Difficulty

The game-level step (Theorem 4) is short once display (2) is available, but (2) itself, subadditivity of total variation over products of n−1n-1n−1 finite distributions, is not available in Mathlib in this form.

The core is the single-player analysis. Theorem 19 and Lemma 20 compare the iterates with the leader sequence, an object the algorithm never computes, and both rest on the quadratic-growth fact that a maximizer www of a 1/η1/\eta1/η-strongly concave function FFF satisfies F(w)≥F(g)+12η∥w−g∥2F(w) \ge F(g) + \frac{1}{2\eta}\|w - g\|^2F(w)≥F(g)+2η1​∥w−g∥2. Footnote 3's midpoint inequality does not give the constant 12η\frac{1}{2\eta}2η1​ in a single application; it has to be upgraded to the standard form of strong convexity first.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin n, strategies Fin d; time keeps the paper's indices t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T with w0w^0w0 and u0u^0u0. ui0u_i^0ui0​ is the utility vector against w−i0w^0_{-i}w−i0​, the formula of p. 2 at t=0t = 0t=0, which the paper uses but never writes. Mixed profiles and expectations come from the published definition agt_games. ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ is defined explicitly and ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​ is Mathlib's sup norm. Regret and RRR are never written as suprema: a bound on ∑iri(T)\sum_i r_i(T)∑i​ri​(T) is stated for every profile of comparators in Δ\DeltaΔ, and RRR is any upper bound on the range of every regularizer.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in its statement:

  • each regularizer is continuous on Δ\DeltaΔ, which makes footnote 3 equivalent to standard strong convexity;
  • n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 in the goal;
  • Theorem 4's condition is written as β(n−1)2≤γ\beta(n-1)^2 \le \gammaβ(n−1)2≤γ, so n=1n = 1n=1 involves no division by zero;
  • RVU is assumed in Theorem 4 only on the realized play, a weaker hypothesis than the paper's;
  • T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 and 1+μ>01 + \mu > 01+μ>0 in Proposition 2;
  • per-player regularizers Ri\mathcal R_iRi​ (footnote 2).

Theorem 19, Lemma 20 and Proposition 7 are stated for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​; the paper allows any norm.

OFTRL is an argmax predicate, so the goal holds for every trajectory the dynamics can produce, not for a chosen one. It is not the entropic closed form (Optimistic Hedge). The utility bound ui∈[0,1]u_i \in [0,1]ui​∈[0,1] is kept, since the game-level statements are false without it. A sanity file shows that R(w)=d2∑xwx2\mathcal R(w) = \frac d2\sum_x w_x^2R(w)=2d​∑x​wx2​ satisfies the strong-convexity hypothesis and that OFTRL runs exist, so the hypotheses are satisfiable.

Contributions are welcome for each milestone. The quadratic-growth lemma for midpoint strongly convex continuous functions on the simplex and the total-variation bound for products are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • V. Syrgkanis, A. Agarwal, H. Luo, R. E. Schapire, Fast Convergence of Regularized Learning in Games, NIPS 2015. arXiv:1507.00407v5. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.00407
  • A. Rakhlin, K. Sridharan, Online Learning with Predictable Sequences, COLT 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1208.3728
  • A. Rakhlin, K. Sridharan, Optimization, Learning, and Games with Predictable Sequences, NIPS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.1869
  • T. Roughgarden, Intrinsic Robustness of the Price of Anarchy, STOC 2009. https://doi.org/10.1145/1536414.1536485
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Convergence of Regularized Learning in Games III: In a (λ,µ)-Smooth Cost Game, First-Order Regret Bounds Make the Average Cost at Most λ(1+µ)/(µ(1−µ))·OPT′ + A·n log d/TResearch Paper

Motivation

When independent players repeatedly choose actions, a low-regret guarantee controls each player's performance against a fixed alternative. It does not directly control the social cost, the sum of all players' costs. For a class of games satisfying smoothness, however, the individual comparisons can imply a bound on the cost of the joint play. This connection makes learning guarantees useful for studying decentralized systems in which nobody selects the entire outcome. The paper uses the smooth-game framework for this purpose.

Syrgkanis, Agarwal, Luo, and Schapire study regularized learning in games and, in Appendix H, show a separate consequence for first-order regret in cost-minimization games. A first-order bound scales with the comparator's cumulative cost, rather than only with the number of rounds. Their Theorem 23 turns that guarantee into an average-cost estimate whose additive term falls as 1/T1/T1/T. The result is proved in the paper's supplementary material. This mission targets a machine-checked statement and proof of that known result.

Setting

There are nnn players. Each player has ddd pure strategies; a pure profile s=(si)is=(s_i)_is=(si​)i​ chooses one for each player. Player iii incurs a cost ci(s)∈[0,1]c_i(s)\in[0,1]ci​(s)∈[0,1]. The total cost is C(s)=∑ici(s)C(s)=\sum_i c_i(s)C(s)=∑i​ci​(s), and OPT′=min⁡sC(s)\mathrm{OPT}'=\min_s C(s)OPT′=mins​C(s) is the minimum over pure profiles. A mixed profile w=(wi)iw=(w_i)_iw=(wi​)i​ gives each player a probability distribution over its ddd strategies. Players randomize independently, and C(w)=Es∼w[C(s)]C(w)=\mathbb E_{s\sim w}[C(s)]C(w)=Es∼w​[C(s)] is the expected total cost.

In round ttt, player iii uses witw_i^twit​ and sees a vector citc_i^tcit​. Its coordinate ci,xtc_{i,x}^tci,xt​ is the expected cost of playing pure strategy xxx against the other players' round-ttt mixed strategies. Thus ⟨wit,cit⟩\langle w_i^t,c_i^t\rangle⟨wit​,cit​⟩ is that player's actual expected cost. Equation (21) assumes that, for every fixed pure strategy xxx,

∑t=1T⟨wit,cit⟩−∑t=1Tci,xt≤A1log⁡d∑t=1Tci,xt+A2log⁡d.\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w_i^t,c_i^t\rangle-\sum_{t=1}^T c_{i,x}^t \le A_1\sqrt{\log d\sum_{t=1}^T c_{i,x}^t}+A_2\log d.t=1∑T​⟨wit​,cit​⟩−t=1∑T​ci,xt​≤A1​logdt=1∑T​ci,xt​​+A2​logd.

The constants A1,A2A_1,A_2A1​,A2​ are the constants of the learning guarantee. The logarithm is natural.

A game is (λ,μ)(\lambda,\mu)(λ,μ)-smooth when one pure profile s∗s^*s∗ works against every pure profile sss:

∑ici(si∗,s−i)≤λOPT′+μC(s).\sum_i c_i(s_i^*,s_{-i})\le\lambda\mathrm{OPT}'+\mu C(s).i∑​ci​(si∗​,s−i​)≤λOPT′+μC(s).

Here (si∗,s−i)(s_i^*,s_{-i})(si∗​,s−i​) replaces only player iii's strategy in sss. This is the paper's cost-game smoothness condition (20). It concerns a single witness s∗s^*s∗, rather than a different witness chosen for each sss.

Formalization targets

The goal is Appendix H's Theorem 23. For 0<μ<10<\mu<10<μ<1 and T≥1T\ge1T≥1, if the game is (λ,μ)(\lambda,\mu)(λ,μ)-smooth and every player's realized play obeys (21), then

1T∑t=1TC(wt)≤λ(1+μ)μ(1−μ) OPT′+Anlog⁡dT,A=A12μ(1−μ)2+2A21−μ.\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T C(w^t) \le \frac{\lambda(1+\mu)}{\mu(1-\mu)}\,\mathrm{OPT}' +\frac{A n\log d}{T}, \qquad A=\frac{A_1^2\mu}{(1-\mu)^2}+\frac{2A_2}{1-\mu}.T1​t=1∑T​C(wt)≤μ(1−μ)λ(1+μ)​OPT′+TAnlogd​,A=(1−μ)2A12​μ​+1−μ2A2​​.

The constants are exactly those printed in the paper. The milestone list follows the displayed statements in its proof: the identity expressing social cost through cost-vector inner products, the aggregate first-order inequality (22), the expected smoothness inequality, the quadratic inequality for the auxiliary quantity xxx, and the final root bound. Together they describe the intermediate claims available to solvers without changing the theorem's target.

Significance

The theorem says that the joint play of agents with individual first-order regret guarantees approaches an explicit benchmark in average social cost. The 1/T1/T1/T term separates the learning transient from the benchmark determined by λ\lambdaλ, μ\muμ, and OPT′\mathrm{OPT}'OPT′. It is a statement about arbitrary realized trajectories that meet the regret condition; the players need not coordinate on a common learning rule.

The paper already proves Theorem 23. The remaining work here is to formalize its cost model, the product-distribution expectations, the first-order bound, the smoothness transfer, and the real inequality behind the exact constants. A proof of this mission would give reusable finite-game definitions and a checked route from player-level cost comparisons to a social-cost statement. Its intermediate claims may also be useful when an alternative algorithm supplies the same first-order guarantee.

Difficulty

Summing the individual regret bounds leaves a sum of square roots of comparator costs. The cost benchmark in the conclusion is a single quantity, so the player-level terms cannot simply be replaced one at a time by OPT′\mathrm{OPT}'OPT′. The cost-vector identity and smoothness condition must also agree on the same independent product distribution: changing only one player's pure action while keeping the opponents mixed is easy to encode with a different, unintended distribution. After those choices, the exact coefficient AAA depends on the signs and domains in a quadratic bound. In particular, the intermediate Cauchy–Schwarz inequality uses A1≥0A_1\ge0A1​≥0, while the final theorem has no sign restriction on A1A_1A1​.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin n, and each player's strategies are Fin d. The condition d≥1d\ge1d≥1 makes the pure optimum a minimum over a nonempty finite set. Mixed profiles are probability weights on each strategy set, with the players' choices independent. The published agt_games definition supplies product-profile probabilities and finite expectations; its expectedPayoff operation is used as an expectation of costs. The paper-specific layer defines pure and expected social cost, the pure optimum, cost vectors, smoothness, and the realized first-order regret condition.

Time has the paper's indices: every round sum runs from t=1t=1t=1 through TTT, without shifting the sequence. The goal uses T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and 0<μ<10<\mu<10<μ<1 so its divisions represent the paper's formula. Every cost is in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; every played profile is mixed; (21) is required for every player and every fixed pure comparator. The formulation does not restrict the game to a chosen example, assume the goal inequality, replace OPT′\mathrm{OPT}'OPT′ with a default-valued infimum, or allow an empty strategy set. The first-order condition is stated on the realized sequence, which follows from any algorithm that guarantees (21) for all sequences.

The intermediate inequality (22) and the quadratic milestone explicitly require A1≥0A_1\ge0A1​≥0, the sign used in their Cauchy–Schwarz step. Theorem 23 itself allows any real A1,A2,λA_1,A_2,\lambdaA1​,A2​,λ, as the paper's stated formula does. The source prints ∑T=1T\sum_{T=1}^T∑T=1T​ in (22); the Lean statement uses the intended round index ttt. The source also switches between log⁡d\log dlogd and ln⁡d\ln dlnd; both denote the natural logarithm. Contributions on finite product expectations, the mixed smoothness consequence, and the final real inequalities are all within scope.

Selected references

  • Vasilis Syrgkanis, Alekh Agarwal, Haipeng Luo, and Robert E. Schapire, Fast Convergence of Regularized Learning in Games, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 28, 2015. arXiv:1507.00407v5, Appendix H, supplementary pp. 10–11.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming 1: The Randomized Stochastic Gradient Method Has (1/L)E‖∇f(x_R)‖² ≤ (D_f² + σ²Σγ_k²)/Σ(2γ_k − Lγ_k²)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient methods are the standard tool for minimizing an objective that can only be accessed through noisy gradient samples. Training a machine-learning model on sampled data, simulation-based optimization, and stochastic programs with endogenous uncertainty are all of this kind. In many of these applications the objective is nonconvex: the loss or the regularizer of a learning problem may be nonconvex, as may the expected cost of a simulation model.

Before 2013 the complexity theory of stochastic approximation (SA) was essentially a convex theory. Robbins and Monro (1951) introduced the method. Polyak and Juditsky (1992) and Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (2009) established optimal rates for convex problems, and Lan (2012) unified the smooth, nonsmooth and stochastic convex cases. None of these results covered nonconvex objectives. Ghadimi and Lan (2013) gave the first non-asymptotic complexity bound for a stochastic gradient method on a smooth nonconvex problem. The bound is stated for the expected squared gradient norm at a randomly chosen iterate, and it is the result this mission formalizes.

Setting

The problem is

f∗=inf⁡x∈Rnf(x),f^*=\inf_{x\in\mathbb R^n} f(x),f∗=x∈Rninf​f(x),

where f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is differentiable and bounded below, and its gradient is LLL-Lipschitz: ∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥≤L∥y−x∥\|\nabla f(y)-\nabla f(x)\|\le L\|y-x\|∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥≤L∥y−x∥ for all x,yx,yx,y. This class is written CL1,1(Rn)\mathcal C^{1,1}_L(\mathbb R^n)CL1,1​(Rn). The function need not be convex.

The gradient is accessible only through a stochastic first-order oracle: at the kkk-th query point xkx_kxk​ it returns G(xk,ξk)G(x_k,\xi_k)G(xk​,ξk​), where ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1,\xi_2,\dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… are random variables and GGG is a Borel function. Assumption A1 asks that for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1, conditionally on the past, G(xk,ξk)G(x_k,\xi_k)G(xk​,ξk​) is an unbiased estimate of ∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk​), and that its error δk=G(xk,ξk)−∇f(xk)\delta_k=G(x_k,\xi_k)-\nabla f(x_k)δk​=G(xk​,ξk​)−∇f(xk​) has second moment E∥δk∥2≤σ2\mathbb E\|\delta_k\|^2\le\sigma^2E∥δk​∥2≤σ2. The noise variables need not be independent of each other or of the iterates.

The randomized stochastic gradient (RSG) method takes an initial point x1x_1x1​, an iteration limit NNN, stepsizes γk\gamma_kγk​ and a probability mass function PRP_RPR​ on {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}. It draws a random index R∼PRR\sim P_RR∼PR​, runs

xk+1=xk−γk G(xk,ξk),k=1,…,R,x_{k+1}=x_k-\gamma_k\,G(x_k,\xi_k),\qquad k=1,\dots,R,xk+1​=xk​−γk​G(xk​,ξk​),k=1,…,R,

and outputs xRx_RxR​. The mass function used in the main theorem is

PR(k)=2γk−Lγk2∑j=1N(2γj−Lγj2),k=1,…,N.P_R(k)=\frac{2\gamma_k-L\gamma_k^2}{\sum_{j=1}^N(2\gamma_j-L\gamma_j^2)},\qquad k=1,\dots,N.PR​(k)=∑j=1N​(2γj​−Lγj2​)2γk​−Lγk2​​,k=1,…,N.

The constants are Df=[2(f(x1)−f∗)/L]1/2D_f=[2(f(x_1)-f^*)/L]^{1/2}Df​=[2(f(x1​)−f∗)/L]1/2 and, in the convex case with minimizer x∗x^*x∗, DX=∥x1−x∗∥D_X=\|x_1-x^*\|DX​=∥x1​−x∗∥.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 a)

If 0<γk<2/L0<\gamma_k<2/L0<γk​<2/L for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N, N≥1N\ge1N≥1, and RRR has the mass function above, then under Assumption A1

1L E[∥∇f(xR)∥2]≤Df2+σ2∑k=1Nγk2∑k=1N(2γk−Lγk2),\frac1L\,\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2\big]\le\frac{D_f^2+\sigma^2\sum_{k=1}^N\gamma_k^2}{\sum_{k=1}^N(2\gamma_k-L\gamma_k^2)},L1​E[∥∇f(xR​)∥2]≤∑k=1N​(2γk​−Lγk2​)Df2​+σ2∑k=1N​γk2​​,

where the expectation is over RRR and the noise. Any stepsize sequence below 2/L2/L2/L is allowed, so the goal does not fix a step rule, and the step rules of the paper's corollaries follow from it.

Milestones

  1. The quadratic bound (1.6): ∣f(y)−f(x)−⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩∣≤L2∥y−x∥2|f(y)-f(x)-\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle|\le\frac L2\|y-x\|^2∣f(y)−f(x)−⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩∣≤2L​∥y−x∥2 (already proved on the platform).
  2. The one-step inequality (2.8) and its pathwise sum (2.9).
  3. The conditional mean-zero property (2.10), E[⟨∇f(xk),δk⟩∣ξ[k−1]]=0\mathbb E[\langle\nabla f(x_k),\delta_k\rangle\mid\xi_{[k-1]}]=0E[⟨∇f(xk​),δk​⟩∣ξ[k−1]​]=0.
  4. The averaged bound (2.11), ∑k(γk−L2γk2) E∥∇f(xk)∥2≤f(x1)−f∗+Lσ22∑kγk2\sum_k(\gamma_k-\frac L2\gamma_k^2)\,\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2\le f(x_1)-f^*+\frac{L\sigma^2}{2}\sum_k\gamma_k^2∑k​(γk​−2L​γk2​)E∥∇f(xk​)∥2≤f(x1​)−f∗+2Lσ2​∑k​γk2​.
  5. The weighting identity: E∥∇f(xR)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2E∥∇f(xR​)∥2 equals the PRP_RPR​-weighted average of E∥∇f(xk)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2E∥∇f(xk​)∥2.
  6. For the convex companion: co-coercivity (1.8) (already proved on the platform) and its consequence (2.12), 1L∥∇f(y)∥2≤⟨∇f(y),y−x∗⟩\frac1L\|\nabla f(y)\|^2\le\langle\nabla f(y),y-x^*\rangleL1​∥∇f(y)∥2≤⟨∇f(y),y−x∗⟩ when ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0.

Companion statements

Theorem 2.1 b) bounds E[f(xR)−f∗]\mathbb E[f(x_R)-f^*]E[f(xR​)−f∗] by (DX2+σ2∑γk2)/∑(2γk−Lγk2)(D_X^2+\sigma^2\sum\gamma_k^2)/\sum(2\gamma_k-L\gamma_k^2)(DX2​+σ2∑γk2​)/∑(2γk​−Lγk2​) when fff is convex with a minimizer. Corollary 2.2 specializes both bounds to the stepsizes γk=min⁡{1/L,D~/(σN)}\gamma_k=\min\{1/L,\tilde D/(\sigma\sqrt N)\}γk​=min{1/L,D~/(σN​)}:

1L E∥∇f(xR)∥2≤LDf2N+(D~+Df2D~)σN,\frac1L\,\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2\le\frac{LD_f^2}{N}+\Big(\tilde D+\frac{D_f^2}{\tilde D}\Big)\frac{\sigma}{\sqrt N},L1​E∥∇f(xR​)∥2≤NLDf2​​+(D~+D~Df2​​)N​σ​,

and the analogous bound with DXD_XDX​ for E[f(xR)−f∗]\mathbb E[f(x_R)-f^*]E[f(xR​)−f∗] in the convex case.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 a) is the basic guarantee for stochastic gradient descent on smooth nonconvex objectives. With the stepsizes of Corollary 2.2 it shows that O(σ2/ϵ2)O(\sigma^2/\epsilon^2)O(σ2/ϵ2) oracle calls suffice to reach E∥∇f(xR)∥2≤ϵ\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2\le\epsilonE∥∇f(xR​)∥2≤ϵ. The paper builds two further methods on it: a two-phase variant with large-deviation guarantees, and a zeroth-order variant (RSGF) that uses Gaussian smoothing when only function values are available. Later analyses of variance-reduced and adaptive stochastic methods for nonconvex problems measure their improvements against this bound.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. A formalized fixed-step bound of the form "some iterate among the first KKK has small expected squared gradient" exists, but it is a different statement: it has no randomized output and no general stepsizes. A complete formalization would check the measure-theoretic content that the paper treats informally: integrability of the iterates' gradients, the conditional-expectation step under dependent noise, and the role of the independence of RRR.

Difficulty

The algebra of (2.8)–(2.9) is routine. The difficulty is in the probability. The noise may depend on the past, so the cross term ⟨∇f(xk),δk⟩\langle\nabla f(x_k),\delta_k\rangle⟨∇f(xk​),δk​⟩ vanishes only in conditional expectation, and only once xkx_kxk​ is known to be measurable with respect to the past. Its integrability is not assumed anywhere: ∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk​) must be shown to have a finite second moment from the recursion, the Lipschitz gradient and Assumption A1. The randomized output adds a second step, where E∥∇f(xR)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2E∥∇f(xR​)∥2 is rewritten as a weighted average. This needs RRR independent of the noise, and ∥∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk​)∥2 has to be exhibited as a measurable function of the noise sequence. A proof that replaces xRx_RxR​ by the deterministic weighted average skips exactly this step.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). f∈CL1,1f\in\mathcal C^{1,1}_Lf∈CL1,1​ is the published predicate ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.IsBetaSmooth f g L, with the gradient given as a map ggg. f∗f^*f∗ is the greatest lower bound of the range of fff, not an arbitrary lower bound.
  • Indices are 1-based. The iterates satisfy x1x_1x1​ given and xk+1=xk−γkG(xk,ξk)x_{k+1}=x_k-\gamma_kG(x_k,\xi_k)xk+1​=xk​−γk​G(xk​,ξk​) for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, pointwise on the sample space. The noise takes values in a general measurable space.
  • Assumption A1 is stated along the trajectory and in conditional form, with respect to any filtration to which the noise is adapted. The paper's history filtration σ(ξ1,…,ξk)\sigma(\xi_1,\dots,\xi_k)σ(ξ1​,…,ξk​) is one admissible choice. Every conditional expectation and every integral in a hypothesis comes with an integrability clause. Every bounded expectation in a conclusion comes with an integrability conjunct.
  • The output index RRR is a measurable random variable with values in {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N} and law PRP_RPR​. It is assumed independent of the whole noise sequence; the paper leaves this implicit (Step 0 draws RRR before any oracle call).
  • Added hypotheses, all implicit on the page: L>0L>0L>0; γk>0\gamma_k>0γk​>0; independence of RRR. In Corollary 2.2 the stepsize (2.13) is read as γk=1/L\gamma_k=1/Lγk​=1/L when σ=0\sigma=0σ=0, the paper's convention D~/0=+∞\tilde D/0=+\inftyD~/0=+∞, because Lean's D~/0=0\tilde D/0=0D~/0=0 would otherwise give γk=0\gamma_k=0γk​=0.
  • The goal concerns the integral of ∥∇f(xR(ω)(ω))∥2\|\nabla f(x_{R(\omega)}(\omega))\|^2∥∇f(xR(ω)​(ω))∥2 over the sample space. A statement about the weighted sum of E∥∇f(xk)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2E∥∇f(xk​)∥2 with RRR removed, or one that drops the integrability conjunct, would trivialize the randomized output and does not formalize the goal.
  • Infrastructure: measurability of the iterates as functions of the noise, the pull-out property of conditional expectation for inner products, and a second-moment induction along the recursion. These are reusable for the paper's two-phase and zeroth-order methods and for other stochastic-approximation analyses. Proofs of any milestone, or of the integrability lemmas on their own, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Ghadimi and G. Lan, Stochastic first- and zeroth-order methods for nonconvex stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4), 2341–2368, 2013. Preprint arXiv:1309.5549v1 (cited version). https://arxiv.org/abs/1309.5549
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22(3), 400–407, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • B. T. Polyak and A. B. Juditsky, Acceleration of stochastic approximation by averaging, SIAM J. Control Optim. 30(4), 838–855, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1137/0330046
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan and A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 1574–1609, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • G. Lan, An optimal method for stochastic composite optimization, Math. Program. 133, 365–397, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0434-y
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A game-theoretic approach to computation offloading in mobile cloud computing II: The VI Map of the Offloading GNEP Is Monotone When the Cloudlet Is Not OverloadedResearch Paper

Motivation

Mobile devices run applications whose computational demand often exceeds what a battery-powered processor can serve with acceptable delay. Computation offloading sends part of the work elsewhere: to a cloudlet, a small cluster of servers one wireless hop away, or to a distant cloud reached through the wide-area network. When many users share one cloudlet, each user's response time depends on how much the others offload, and selfish users interact strategically. Cardellini, De Nitto Personé, Di Valerio, Facchinei, Grassi, Lo Presti and Piccialli (Math. Program., 2016) model this interaction as a generalized Nash equilibrium problem (GNEP): every user minimises its own expected cost, and all users share a coupling constraint that caps the cloudlet's utilisation.

The paper computes equilibria through a variational inequality (VI) reformulation and, for distributed computation, through an extended game with a price player. The convergence of the methods it relies on (proximal-point and best-response schemes for monotone VIs, see Facchinei and Pang, 2003) requires the VI map to be monotone. This mission formalizes the paper's Theorem 1, which gives an explicit, checkable condition on the model's parameters under which that map is monotone.

Setting

There are NNN users u=1,…,Nu=1,\dots,Nu=1,…,N. Each user splits its task stream over three tiers I={m,clet,cloud}I=\{m,\mathit{clet},\mathit{cloud}\}I={m,clet,cloud} (own device, cloudlet, cloud) and chooses fractions xu=(xu,m,xu,clet,xu,cloud)x_u=(x_{u,m},x_{u,clet},x_{u,cloud})xu​=(xu,m​,xu,clet​,xu,cloud​); a strategy profile is x∈R3Nx\in\mathbb R^{3N}x∈R3N. The data are positive rates combined into αu,βu,γu,δu\alpha_u,\beta_u,\gamma_u,\delta_uαu​,βu​,γu​,δu​ (the traffic intensities a user generates on its device, the wireless link, the cloud path and the cloudlet), power parameters Pu,m,Pu,t,Pu,max⁡P_{u,m},P_{u,t},P_{u,\max}Pu,m​,Pu,t​,Pu,max​, the number nnn of cloudlet servers, the offloadable fraction χ∈(0,1]\chi\in(0,1]χ∈(0,1] and the utilisation cap Umax⁡U_{\max}Umax​.

The cloudlet load is 1n∑vδvxv,clet\frac1n\sum_v\delta_vx_{v,clet}n1​∑v​δv​xv,clet​ and D(x)=1−1n∑tδtxt,cletD(x)=1-\frac1n\sum_t\delta_tx_{t,clet}D(x)=1−n1​∑t​δt​xt,clet​. User uuu's private feasible set K~u\tilde K_uK~u​ consists of the xu≥0x_u\ge0xu​≥0 with ∑ixu,i=1\sum_{i}x_{u,i}=1∑i​xu,i​=1, xu,clet+xu,cloud≤χx_{u,clet}+x_{u,cloud}\le\chixu,clet​+xu,cloud​≤χ and the power budget αuPu,mxu,m+βuPu,t(xu,clet+xu,cloud)≤Pu,max⁡\alpha_uP_{u,m}x_{u,m}+\beta_uP_{u,t}(x_{u,clet}+x_{u,cloud})\le P_{u,\max}αu​Pu,m​xu,m​+βu​Pu,t​(xu,clet​+xu,cloud​)≤Pu,max​. The shared constraint is Ω={x:1n∑uδuxu,clet≤Umax⁡}\Omega=\{x:\frac1n\sum_u\delta_ux_{u,clet}\le U_{\max}\}Ω={x:n1​∑u​δu​xu,clet​≤Umax​}, and the joint feasible set is K=(∏uK~u)∩ΩK=(\prod_u\tilde K_u)\cap\OmegaK=(∏u​K~u​)∩Ω. User uuu minimises

λuRu(x)=αuxu,m1−αuxu,m+βuxu,clet+γuxu,cloud+δuxu,cletD(x).\lambda_uR_u(x)=\frac{\alpha_ux_{u,m}}{1-\alpha_ux_{u,m}}+\beta_ux_{u,clet}+\gamma_ux_{u,cloud}+\frac{\delta_ux_{u,clet}}{D(x)}.λu​Ru​(x)=1−αu​xu,m​αu​xu,m​​+βu​xu,clet​+γu​xu,cloud​+D(x)δu​xu,clet​​.

Assumption A requires Umax⁡U_{\max}Umax​ and all αu,δu\alpha_u,\delta_uαu​,δu​ to lie in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

The VI map F:R3N→R3NF:\mathbb R^{3N}\to\mathbb R^{3N}F:R3N→R3N stacks each user's gradient in its own variables:

F(x)u=(αu(1−αuxu,m)2, βu+δu1−1n∑v≠uδvxv,cletD(x)2, γu).F(x)_u=\Big(\frac{\alpha_u}{(1-\alpha_ux_{u,m})^2},\ \beta_u+\delta_u\frac{1-\frac1n\sum_{v\ne u}\delta_vx_{v,clet}}{D(x)^2},\ \gamma_u\Big).F(x)u​=((1−αu​xu,m​)2αu​​, βu​+δu​D(x)21−n1​∑v=u​δv​xv,clet​​, γu​).

FFF is monotone on KKK if (F(y)−F(x))⊤(y−x)≥0(F(y)-F(x))^\top(y-x)\ge0(F(y)−F(x))⊤(y−x)≥0 for all x,y∈Kx,y\in Kx,y∈K. Finally δmax⁡=max⁡uδu\delta_{\max}=\max_u\delta_uδmax​=maxu​δu​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Under Assumption A, if

δmax⁡≤nNχ(1−Umax⁡),(18)\delta_{\max}\le\frac{n}{N\chi}(1-U_{\max}),\tag{18}δmax​≤Nχn​(1−Umax​),(18)

then FFF is monotone on KKK. The condition involves only the data of the game, so the goal is the paper's statement with no constant changed.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's argument in order.

  1. A map whose Jacobian is positive semidefinite on a convex set is monotone there (p. 12, citing Facchinei–Pang).
  2. The Jacobian JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) has the sparse structure (16), with nonzero entries AuA_uAu​, BuB_uBu​, BuvB_{uv}Buv​ given by (17).
  3. On KKK, JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) is positive semidefinite as soon as the symmetric part Bs=12(B⊤+B)B^s=\frac12(B^\top+B)Bs=21​(B⊤+B) of its clet block is.
  4. The identity (20): Bs=1nD2(δδ⊤∘(I+E+1nD(xcletδe⊤+e(xcletδ)⊤)))B^s=\frac1{nD^2}\big(\delta\delta^\top\circ(I+E+\frac1{nD}(x^\delta_{clet}e^\top+e(x^\delta_{clet})^\top))\big)Bs=nD21​(δδ⊤∘(I+E+nD1​(xcletδ​e⊤+e(xcletδ​)⊤))), with ∘\circ∘ the Hadamard product, EEE the all-ones matrix and xcletδ=(δuxu,clet)ux^\delta_{clet}=(\delta_ux_{u,clet})_uxcletδ​=(δu​xu,clet​)u​.
  5. The Schur product theorem (a published platform theorem).
  6. The characteristic polynomial (21) of ve⊤+ev⊤ve^\top+ev^\topve⊤+ev⊤, namely ηN−2(η2−2(e⊤v)η+(e⊤v)2−N∥v∥2)\eta^{N-2}(\eta^2-2(e^\top v)\eta+(e^\top v)^2-N\|v\|^2)ηN−2(η2−2(e⊤v)η+(e⊤v)2−N∥v∥2).
  7. The sufficient condition (22): 1nD(N∥xcletδ∥−e⊤xcletδ)≤1\frac1{nD}(\sqrt N\|x^\delta_{clet}\|-e^\top x^\delta_{clet})\le1nD1​(N​∥xcletδ​∥−e⊤xcletδ​)≤1 implies Bs⪰0B^s\succeq0Bs⪰0.
  8. The bound (23) on KKK: 1nD(N∥xcletδ∥−e⊤xcletδ)≤1nDδmax⁡χN(N−1)≤δmax⁡1−Umax⁡Nχn\frac1{nD}(\sqrt N\|x^\delta_{clet}\|-e^\top x^\delta_{clet})\le\frac1{nD}\delta_{\max}\chi\sqrt N(\sqrt N-1)\le\frac{\delta_{\max}}{1-U_{\max}}\frac{N\chi}{n}nD1​(N​∥xcletδ​∥−e⊤xcletδ​)≤nD1​δmax​χN​(N​−1)≤1−Umax​δmax​​nNχ​.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the hypothesis under which the rest of the paper operates. The extended game of §5.2 inherits the monotonicity properties of FFF (p. 14), and the distributed solution methods of §6 are designed for that monotone setting. Condition (18) translates monotonicity into a statement about the system: the largest per-user cloudlet traffic intensity must stay below a threshold that grows with the number nnn of servers and shrinks with NNN, χ\chiχ and Umax⁡U_{\max}Umax​. Remark 1 (p. 14) stresses that (18) is only sufficient.

The result is proved in the paper; this mission produces a machine-checked proof. On the way it yields statements reusable outside this model: the Jacobian criterion for monotonicity of a differentiable map on a convex set, and the spectrum of the symmetric rank-two matrix ve⊤+ev⊤ve^\top+ev^\topve⊤+ev⊤. None of these statements is on the platform; the Schur product theorem, which the proof also uses, is referenced as a published platform theorem.

Difficulty

The Jacobian JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) is not symmetric: BuvB_{uv}Buv​ carries the row user's own term 2nδuxu,clet\frac2n\delta_ux_{u,clet}n2​δu​xu,clet​, so Buv≠BvuB_{uv}\ne B_{vu}Buv​=Bvu​ in general, and the eigenvalues of JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) say nothing directly about its quadratic form. The quadratic form must be controlled uniformly over the whole feasible set KKK, whose shape (simplices cut by the cap χ\chiχ, the power budgets and the shared constraint) enters the final bound, and the condition must come out in the paper's exact constants. In Lean, the main costs are the coordinatewise Fréchet derivative of FFF on R3N\mathbb R^{3N}R3N, the characteristic polynomial of a rank-two matrix of arbitrary size, and the passage from a characteristic polynomial to positive semidefiniteness.

Formalization scope

Users are Fin N (0-based); tiers are a three-element type Tier; a profile is Fin N → Tier → ℝ. The inner product on R3N\mathbb R^{3N}R3N is written out as ∑u∑iau,ibu,i\sum_u\sum_i a_{u,i}b_{u,i}∑u​∑i​au,i​bu,i​, and the norm on RN\mathbb R^NRN in (21)–(23) is the Euclidean norm written as ∑uvu2\sqrt{\sum_uv_u^2}∑u​vu2​​, because Mathlib's norm on function types is the sup norm. FFF is defined by the closed form of p. 11, not as a derivative, so milestone 2 has content. δmax⁡\delta_{\max}δmax​ is the real supremum of the δu\delta_uδu​, which is the maximum for N≥1N\ge1N≥1.

Standing hypotheses carried by every statement: Assumption A, n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and 0<χ≤10<\chi\le10<χ≤1. Disclosed choices relative to the page:

  • (21) is stated for an arbitrary v∈RNv\in\mathbb R^Nv∈RN and assumes N≥2N\ge2N≥2, so that ηN−2\eta^{N-2}ηN−2 is a polynomial;
  • (22) is stated at any profile with D>0D>0D>0;
  • (20) is stated at any profile with D≠0D\ne0D=0;
  • the derivative (16)–(17) is stated on the open region αuxu,m<1\alpha_ux_{u,m}<1αu​xu,m​<1, 1n∑tδtxt,clet<1\frac1n\sum_t\delta_tx_{t,clet}<1n1​∑t​δt​xt,clet​<1, which contains KKK;
  • in milestone 1, differentiability is required at each point of the convex set (in a full neighbourhood).

The formulas for FFF, AuA_uAu​, BuB_uBu​ and BuvB_{uv}Buv​ divide by 1−αuxu,m1-\alpha_ux_{u,m}1−αu​xu,m​ and DDD, and Lean sets a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0. Every statement is therefore restricted to KKK or to a region where these denominators are nonzero; monotonicity on the larger set ∏uK~u\prod_u\tilde K_u∏u​K~u​, where DDD can vanish, is a different and false-by-junk claim and is not posed. KKK is nonempty for admissible data (e.g. all users computing locally), so the goal is not vacuous.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, especially the generic ones (1 and 6), which belong in a general library.

Selected references

  • V. Cardellini, V. De Nitto Personé, V. Di Valerio, F. Facchinei, V. Grassi, F. Lo Presti, V. Piccialli, A game-theoretic approach to computation offloading in mobile cloud computing, Mathematical Programming, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0881-6 (accepted manuscript: IRIS Sapienza, handle 11573/779661).
  • F. Facchinei, J.-S. Pang, Finite-Dimensional Variational Inequalities and Complementarity Problems, vols. I–II, Springer, 2003 (the paper's [17]). https://doi.org/10.1007/b97543
  • F. Facchinei, C. Kanzow, Generalized Nash equilibrium problems, Annals of Operations Research 175 (2010), 177–211 (the paper's [16]). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10479-009-0653-x
  • R. A. Horn, C. R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1990 (the paper's [24]; Schur product theorem, Theorem 7.5.3). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810817
  • D. S. Bernstein, Matrix Mathematics: Theory, Facts, and Formulas with Application to Linear Systems Theory, Princeton University Press, 2005 (the paper's [6]; Fact 4.9.16). https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691118024
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Nash Equilibria and Other Fixed Points 2: Block Matching Pennies Gives Every Block the Same Probability and the Matching Player Full Support in Every Nash EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

Reductions that prove hardness for Nash equilibrium computation encode a computation (a circuit, a fixed-point problem) into the probabilities that players put on their strategies in every equilibrium. For the encoding to be meaningful, the designer has to control how each player distributes probability across groups of strategies, independently of the incentives that carry the computation. A standard tool for this is a generalized matching pennies game: each "computing" player is paired with an adversary who is penalized for guessing which group the computing player is playing, and who therefore forces that player to spread probability evenly over the groups. Versions of this device appear in the PPAD-hardness reductions of Daskalakis, Goldberg and Papadimitriou and of Chen and Deng, and in Etessami and Yannakakis's Theorem 4, which reduces the SQRT-SUM and PosSLP problems to deciding, with a promised gap, whether the unique Nash equilibrium of a 4-player (or 3-player) game plays a given pure strategy (Etessami–Yannakakis, SIAM J. Comput. 2010).

This mission formalizes the version of the device that Etessami and Yannakakis isolate as Lemma 6 (p. 24 of the authors' manuscript), with the explicit constants of their construction.

Setting

A finite game has a finite set of players; each player ppp has a finite set SpS_pSp​ of pure strategies, and receives payoff up(s)∈Ru_p(s)\in\mathbb Rup​(s)∈R at each pure profile s=(sq)qs=(s_q)_qs=(sq​)q​. A mixed profile xxx assigns to each player ppp a probability vector xpx_pxp​ on SpS_pSp​; players randomize independently, and up(x)u_p(x)up​(x) is ppp's expected payoff. Write up((p:j);x−p)u_p((p{:}j);x_{-p})up​((p:j);x−p​) for the expected payoff of ppp when ppp plays the pure strategy jjj and everyone else plays according to xxx. A Nash equilibrium is a mixed profile xxx such that no player can raise their expected payoff by switching unilaterally to another mixed strategy.

Fix two players i≠i′i\ne i'i=i′. The pure strategies of iii are partitioned into blocks, in one-to-one correspondence with the pure strategies of i′i'i′. This is recorded by a surjective map β:Si→Si′\beta:S_i\to S_{i'}β:Si​→Si′​: the block of a strategy jjj of iii corresponds to the strategy β(j)\beta(j)β(j) of i′i'i′. The total probability of block k∈Si′k\in S_{i'}k∈Si′​ under xxx is

bk(x)=∑j∈Si: β(j)=kxi(j).b_k(x)=\sum_{j\in S_i:\ \beta(j)=k}x_i(j).bk​(x)=j∈Si​: β(j)=k∑​xi​(j).

The payoffs of i,i′i,i'i,i′ have the block matching-pennies form with first term μ\muμ, constant MMM and parameter nnn when

ui(s)=μ(s)+M⋅[β(si)=si′],ui′(s)=−M⋅[si′=β(si)],u_i(s)=\mu(s)+M\cdot[\beta(s_i)=s_{i'}],\qquad u_{i'}(s)=-M\cdot[s_{i'}=\beta(s_i)],ui​(s)=μ(s)+M⋅[β(si​)=si′​],ui′​(s)=−M⋅[si′​=β(si​)],

μ(s)\mu(s)μ(s) does not depend on si′s_{i'}si′​, M>6nmax⁡s∣μ(s)∣M>6n\max_s|\mu(s)|M>6nmaxs​∣μ(s)∣, and i′i'i′ has at most 3n3n3n strategies. Player iii is rewarded MMM for "matching" the strategy of i′i'i′ with the block it plays; player i′i'i′ loses MMM when matched. The term μ\muμ is arbitrary otherwise: in the paper it carries the gate gadgets of the circuit.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 6

For every Nash equilibrium xxx of a game in which i,i′i,i'i,i′ have the block matching-pennies form,

bk(x)=bk′(x)  for all k,k′∈Si′,andxi′(k)≠0  for all k∈Si′.b_k(x)=b_{k'}(x)\ \text{ for all }k,k'\in S_{i'},\qquad\text{and}\qquad x_{i'}(k)\ne0\ \text{ for all }k\in S_{i'} .bk​(x)=bk′​(x)  for all k,k′∈Si′​,andxi′​(k)=0  for all k∈Si′​.

Part 1 says iii divides its probability evenly among its blocks (each block gets 1/∣Si′∣1/|S_{i'}|1/∣Si′​∣); part 2 says the matching player uses every strategy.

Milestones

  1. Support property (p. 26, used twice on p. 24): in a Nash equilibrium every pure strategy of every player earns at most the equilibrium payoff, with equality on the support.
  2. The matching player avoids the most probable blocks (p. 24): if the block probabilities are not all equal, xi′(k)=0x_{i'}(k)=0xi′​(k)=0 for every kkk whose block has maximum probability.
  3. The two payoff bounds (p. 24), for any mixed profile: if xi′(β(j))=0x_{i'}(\beta(j))=0xi′​(β(j))=0 then ui((i:j);x−i)≤max⁡s∣μ(s)∣u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})\le\max_s|\mu(s)|ui​((i:j);x−i​)≤maxs​∣μ(s)∣; if β(j′)\beta(j')β(j′) is a maximum-probability strategy of i′i'i′ then ui((i:j′);x−i)≥M/(3n)−max⁡s∣μ(s)∣u_i((i{:}j');x_{-i})\ge M/(3n)-\max_s|\mu(s)|ui​((i:j′);x−i​)≥M/(3n)−maxs​∣μ(s)∣.
  4. Lemma 6, part 1 (p. 24): all blocks have the same total probability.

Significance

In the paper, Lemma 6 is what makes every unprimed player of the 10-player game GGG of Section 3 spread probability 1/n1/n1/n (or 1/(3n)1/(3n)1/(3n)) on each block, so that the split of probability inside a block can carry the value of a circuit gate, and the gate gadgets of Lemma 7 act on correctly normalized quantities. Without it, the gadgets' analysis does not apply. The lemma is stated for an arbitrary game containing such a pair, so it is reusable for any reduction that pairs computing players with matching-pennies adversaries.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. As far as the platform and its index show, no machine-checked version exists: the platform has the 2×2 matching pennies game (PotentialGames.matchingPennies_no_pureNash, which shows it has no pure equilibrium) and our CalibratedCE.Convergence.MatchingPennies (Foster–Vohra's example), neither of which is the block game. This mission produces a checked version of the lemma with the paper's constants, together with the support property of mixed Nash equilibria for the agt_games vocabulary, a basic fact other game-theory missions can import.

Difficulty

The argument is short; the difficulty is in the accounting. The expected payoff of a pure strategy of iii mixes the arbitrary term μ\muμ, evaluated under the product distribution of all other players, with the matching term, which depends only on xi′x_{i'}xi′​. Separating the two requires that ui′u_{i'}ui′​ depends only on si,si′s_i,s_{i'}si​,si′​ and that the expected-payoff sum factors over independent players. The constants also interact: the lower bound uses that i′i'i′ has at most 3n3n3n strategies, so that some strategy of i′i'i′ has probability at least 1/(3n)1/(3n)1/(3n), and the comparison of the two bounds needs M/(3n)−max⁡∣μ∣>max⁡∣μ∣M/(3n)-\max|\mu|>\max|\mu|M/(3n)−max∣μ∣>max∣μ∣, which is exactly M>6nmax⁡∣μ∣M>6n\max|\mu|M>6nmax∣μ∣. A tempting shortcut, comparing bkb_kbk​ only with the average block probability, does not identify which strategies of i′i'i′ vanish; the argument goes through the set of maximum-probability blocks.

Formalization scope

The game uses the published agt_games vocabulary: players and strategies are arbitrary finite types ι, S : ι → Type*, payoffs are real (u : ι → (∀ k, S k) → ℝ), mixed profiles are families of probability vectors, and AGT.IsMixedNash allows deviations to arbitrary mixed strategies. The pure-strategy payoff up((p:j);x−p)u_p((p{:}j);x_{-p})up​((p:j);x−p​) is the published DGPNash.NashMap.purePayoff. The block structure is a surjective map β:Si→Si′\beta:S_i\to S_{i'}β:Si​→Si′​; surjectivity is the "1-1 correspondence" of blocks with strategies of i′i'i′ (an empty block would make the lemma vacuous). The definition item packages the form "given above" as FixpNash.Blocks.IsBlockPair.

Explicit readings of the page:

  • "the payoffs of i,i′i,i'i,i′ are of the form given above" is the conjunction of the two payoff identities, the bound M>6nmax⁡s∣μ(s)∣M>6n\max_s|\mu(s)|M>6nmaxs​∣μ(s)∣, and ∣Si′∣≤3n|S_{i'}|\le3n∣Si′​∣≤3n. The last is taken from the proof ("since i′i'i′ has at most 3n3n3n strategies"); in the abstract lemma nnn is a parameter, not the number of circuit gates.
  • "μi(s)\mu_i(s)μi​(s) depends only on the strategies of the unprimed players" is stated as: μ\muμ does not depend on si′s_{i'}si′​. The proof does not use it.
  • max⁡s∣μ(s)∣\max_s|\mu(s)|maxs​∣μ(s)∣ is the supremum of ∣μ(s)∣|\mu(s)|∣μ(s)∣ over the finite set of pure profiles; M/3nM/3nM/3n is M/(3n)M/(3n)M/(3n).
  • "Nonzero probability" is xi′(k)≠0x_{i'}(k)\ne0xi′​(k)=0; "in the support" is xp(j)>0x_p(j)>0xp​(j)>0.
  • The support property is stated for every player of every finite game, rather than for players 2 and 3 of the gadget of p. 26.
  • The payoff bounds are stated for any mixed profile; "a strategy in a block in RRR" enters only through xi′(β(j))=0x_{i'}(\beta(j))=0xi′​(β(j))=0.

The degenerate case max⁡s∣μ(s)∣=0\max_s|\mu(s)|=0maxs​∣μ(s)∣=0 is allowed and reads M>0M>0M>0. A formalization in which i′i'i′ has no strategies, or a block is empty, would make the lemma vacuous; the surjectivity of β\betaβ and the definition of a mixed profile exclude this. Contributions welcome: proofs of the support property (reusable well beyond this mission), of the two payoff bounds (a factorization of the expected payoff over independent players), and of the lemma.

Selected references

  • K. Etessami and M. Yannakakis, On the complexity of Nash equilibria and other fixed points, SIAM J. Comput. 39(6) (2010) 2531–2597. https://doi.org/10.1137/080720826 (cited from the authors' manuscript, Lemma 6, p. 24).
  • C. Daskalakis, P. W. Goldberg and C. H. Papadimitriou, The complexity of computing a Nash equilibrium, SIAM J. Comput. 39(1) (2009) 195–259. https://doi.org/10.1137/070699652
  • X. Chen and X. Deng, Settling the complexity of two-player Nash equilibrium, FOCS 2006, 261–272. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2006.69
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Bootstrap Robust Prescriptive Analytics 2: The Entropic Robust Nadaraya-Watson Budget Equals inf{α : ν log Σ D·exp((L−α)w/ν) + rν ≤ 0}Research Paper

Motivation

Data-driven decision making with side information ("prescriptive analytics") chooses a decision zzz after observing a context x=x0x = x_0x=x0​, using a training set of past pairs (x,y)(x, y)(x,y). A common recipe estimates the conditional expected cost E[L(z,y)∣x=x0]\mathbb E[L(z, y) \mid x = x_0]E[L(z,y)∣x=x0​] with a local learning method, such as Nadaraya–Watson kernel regression or nearest neighbours, and then minimizes the estimate over zzz (Ban and Rudin 2019; Bertsimas and Kallus 2020). Such estimate-then-optimize decisions are known to be optimistically biased: the minimized estimate tends to understate the cost that the decision incurs on new data.

Bertsimas and Van Parys (arXiv:1711.09974v2) robustify these formulations against distributions near the empirical one, measured by a relative-entropy bootstrap distance. They show that this choice protects the decision against disappointment on resampled (bootstrap) data at an exponential rate. A robust formulation is only usable if it can be computed. This mission concerns the paper's computational result for the Nadaraya–Watson case: the robust budget, a supremum over a set of distributions, equals a two-variable convex dual program.

Setting

The training data have finitely many distinct points, the support Ωn\Omega_nΩn​. A distribution on Ωn\Omega_nΩn​ is a vector D=(Di)i∈ΩnD = (D_i)_{i \in \Omega_n}D=(Di​)i∈Ωn​​ with Di≥0D_i \ge 0Di​≥0 and ∑iDi=1\sum_i D_i = 1∑i​Di​=1; their set is Dn\mathcal D_nDn​. Fix a context x0x_0x0​ and a decision zˉ\bar zzˉ. Each support point i=(xˉi,yˉi)i = (\bar x_i, \bar y_i)i=(xˉi​,yˉ​i​) carries a weight wi=wn(xˉi,x0)>0w_i = w_n(\bar x_i, x_0) > 0wi​=wn​(xˉi​,x0​)>0 and a loss ℓi=L(zˉ,yˉi)\ell_i = L(\bar z, \bar y_i)ℓi​=L(zˉ,yˉ​i​).

The Nadaraya–Watson estimate at DDD (equation (19)) is the weighted average

EDn[ℓ]=∑iwi ℓi Di∑iwi Di.E^n_D[\ell] = \frac{\sum_i w_i\,\ell_i\,D_i}{\sum_i w_i\,D_i}.EDn​[ℓ]=∑i​wi​Di​∑i​wi​ℓi​Di​​.

The bootstrap distance (Definition 6, equation (27)) is the relative entropy

B(D′,D)=∑iDi′log⁡Di′Di,B(D', D) = \sum_i D'_i \log\frac{D'_i}{D_i},B(D′,D)=i∑​Di′​logDi​Di′​​,

with 0log⁡0=00\log 0 = 00log0=0 and B(D′,D)=+∞B(D', D) = +\inftyB(D′,D)=+∞ when D′D'D′ puts mass on a point where DDD vanishes. For a reference distribution DDD and a radius rrr, the bootstrap robust Nadaraya–Watson budget (equation (24) with R=BR = BR=B and k(n)=nk(n) = nk(n)=n) is

cn(zˉ,D,x0)=sup⁡{ED′n[ℓ]:D′∈Dn, B(D′,D)≤r}.c_n(\bar z, D, x_0) = \sup\big\{ E^n_{D'}[\ell] : D' \in \mathcal D_n,\ B(D', D) \le r \big\}.cn​(zˉ,D,x0​)=sup{ED′n​[ℓ]:D′∈Dn​, B(D′,D)≤r}.

For the nearest-neighbours variant, nested neighbourhoods N0⊆N1⊆⋯⊆Nn=ΩnN^0 \subseteq N^1 \subseteq \dots \subseteq N^n = \Omega_nN0⊆N1⊆⋯⊆Nn=Ωn​ define a partial robust budget cnjc^j_ncnj​ (equation (25)), with two extra linear constraints tying the mass of NjN^jNj and Nj−1N^{j-1}Nj−1 to k/nk/nk/n and (k−1)/n(k-1)/n(k−1)/n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2

For every D∈DnD \in \mathcal D_nD∈Dn​ and every radius r∈Rr \in \mathbb Rr∈R,

cn(zˉ,D,x0)=inf⁡{α∈R: ∃ ν>0,  νlog⁡(∑iexp⁡((ℓi−α) wiν)Di)+r ν≤0}.c_n(\bar z, D, x_0) = \inf\Big\{\alpha \in \mathbb R :\ \exists\,\nu > 0,\ \ \nu\log\Big(\sum_i \exp\Big(\frac{(\ell_i - \alpha)\,w_i}{\nu}\Big) D_i\Big) + r\,\nu \le 0\Big\}.cn​(zˉ,D,x0​)=inf{α∈R: ∃ν>0,  νlog(i∑​exp(ν(ℓi​−α)wi​​)Di​)+rν≤0}.

No hypothesis on rrr is imposed. For r<0r < 0r<0 both sides are −∞-\infty−∞, and for r=0r = 0r=0 both equal EDn[ℓ]E^n_D[\ell]EDn​[ℓ].

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof in Appendices B.3 and B.8:

  1. The estimate EDn[ℓ]E^n_D[\ell]EDn​[ℓ] is the maximum of a linear program in (s,P)(s, P)(s,P) with the single feasible point P=sDP = sDP=sD (B.3).
  2. Corollary 1: for any distance RRR, cnc_ncn​ equals the perspective program sup⁡s>0,P∑iwiℓiPi\sup_{s > 0, P} \sum_i w_i \ell_i P_isups>0,P​∑i​wi​ℓi​Pi​ subject to s R(P/s,D)≤s rs\,R(P/s, D) \le s\,rsR(P/s,D)≤sr, ∑iPi=s\sum_i P_i = s∑i​Pi​=s and ∑iwiPi=1\sum_i w_i P_i = 1∑i​wi​Pi​=1.
  3. The Fenchel step: sup⁡λ≥0(λb−νλlog⁡λ)=νeb/ν−1\sup_{\lambda \ge 0}(\lambda b - \nu\lambda\log\lambda) = \nu e^{b/\nu - 1}supλ≥0​(λb−νλlogλ)=νeb/ν−1.
  4. Strong duality for r>0r > 0r>0: the program of Corollary 1 with R=BR = BR=B equals inf⁡{α:∃β,ν>0, rν+ν∑iDie((ℓi−α)wi+β)/ν−1≤β}\inf\{\alpha : \exists \beta, \nu > 0,\ r\nu + \nu\sum_i D_i e^{((\ell_i - \alpha)w_i + \beta)/\nu - 1} \le \beta\}inf{α:∃β,ν>0, rν+ν∑i​Di​e((ℓi​−α)wi​+β)/ν−1≤β}.
  5. Elimination of β\betaβ: such a β\betaβ exists if and only if νlog⁡∑ie(ℓi−α)wi/νDi+rν≤0\nu \log \sum_i e^{(\ell_i-\alpha)w_i/\nu} D_i + r\nu \le 0νlog∑i​e(ℓi​−α)wi​/νDi​+rν≤0.
  6. Lemma 1 (companion): the analogous dual (32) of the partial nearest-neighbours budget, assuming Slater's condition inf⁡{B(D′,D):D′∈Dnj}<r\inf\{B(D', D) : D' \in \mathcal D^j_n\} < rinf{B(D′,D):D′∈Dnj​}<r.

Significance

The robust budget is a supremum over a ∣Ωn∣|\Omega_n|∣Ωn​∣-dimensional set of distributions, and the decision minimizes it over zˉ\bar zzˉ, which is a min–max problem. Lemma 2 replaces the inner supremum by an infimum over two scalars (α,ν)(\alpha, \nu)(α,ν), so the robust prescription becomes a single minimization over (zˉ,α,ν)(\bar z, \alpha, \nu)(zˉ,α,ν). When LLL is convex in zˉ\bar zzˉ, that minimization is an exponential-cone program. The paper's numerical section (§5) solves its robust formulations in exactly this form. Lemma 1 plays the same role for the nearest-neighbours formulation, with one dual program per neighbourhood.

The results are proved in the paper (Appendices B.3, B.7, B.8) by a Lagrangian computation. As far as we know, none of them has been machine-checked. A formalization adds three things. It handles reference distributions DDD with zeros, which the page's computation divides by. It covers the full range of radii, including r≤0r \le 0r≤0, where Slater's condition fails. And it records the corrected sign of the minimizing multiplier β⋆\beta^\starβ⋆. The linear-objective special case without the ratio and with a strictly positive reference, max⁡{v⊤p:D(p∥q)≤β}=inf⁡λ>0λlog⁡∑jqjevj/λ+βλ\max\{v^\top p : D(p\|q) \le \beta\} = \inf_{\lambda > 0} \lambda \log \sum_j q_j e^{v_j/\lambda} + \beta\lambdamax{v⊤p:D(p∥q)≤β}=infλ>0​λlog∑j​qj​evj​/λ+βλ, is already proved on the platform (Nilim–El Ghaoui, RobustMDP.EntropyInner.kl_ball_inner_problem_dual, with its multiplier elimination RobustMDP.EntropyInner.mu_elimination). Both are included as supporting references.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to apply the known entropic duality formula to the robust budget directly. That route fails because the objective ED′n[ℓ]E^n_{D'}[\ell]ED′n​[ℓ] is a ratio of two linear functions of D′D'D′, not a linear function. The ratio is quasi-linear, and Lagrangian duality does not apply to it as it stands. The paper first lifts it to a linear objective over the cone (s,P)=(s,sD′)(s, P) = (s, sD')(s,P)=(s,sD′) (Corollary 1). The entropy constraint then becomes the perspective s B(P/s,D)≤s rs\,B(P/s, D) \le s\,rsB(P/s,D)≤sr, and duality is applied to this lifted program. A second difficulty is that the reference DDD may vanish on part of the support. The ball then lives on a face of the simplex, and every step must respect the convention B=+∞B = +\inftyB=+∞ off the support of DDD. Finally, strong duality needs a Slater point, which exists only for r>0r > 0r>0. The cases r≤0r \le 0r≤0 of the goal have to be handled separately.

Formalization scope

The support Ωn\Omega_nΩn​ is a finite type ι, and Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ is stdSimplex ℝ ι. Covariates, responses and the distance of Definition 2 do not appear: only the weights w : ι → ℝ (positive) and the losses L z : ι → ℝ of a fixed decision enter. Losses are real-valued, a restriction of the paper's R+∪{+∞}\mathbb R_+ \cup \{+\infty\}R+​∪{+∞}, while nonnegativity is not required. The conventions are the following.

  • BBB is EReal-valued: it is +∞+\infty+∞ when the first argument charges a zero of the second, and 0log⁡0=00 \log 0 = 00log0=0.
  • All suprema and infima are in EReal: the supremum of the empty set is −∞-\infty−∞ and the infimum of the empty set is +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Dual variables satisfy ν>0\nu > 0ν>0. The page's ν∈R+\nu \in \mathbb R_+ν∈R+​ admits ν=0\nu = 0ν=0 only as the perspective limit, and the infimum over α\alphaα is unchanged.
  • In the perspective programs, P/s∈DnP/s \in \mathcal D_nP/s∈Dn​ is stated explicitly.
  • The neighbourhood chain is a monotone family of finite sets with N0=∅N^0 = \emptysetN0=∅ and Nn=ΩnN^n = \Omega_nNn=Ωn​.

Several formalizations would make the statements trivial, and each is ruled out:

  • a real-valued BBB, whose finite junk values enlarge the ball when DDD has zeros;
  • real sSup/sInf, which return 000 on empty or unbounded sets;
  • ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0 with Lean's x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0, which makes every α\alphaα feasible;
  • a positivity hypothesis on DDD, which the lemma does not have.

A complete development needs the following:

  • Gibbs' inequality and continuity of BBB on the simplex;
  • Lagrangian (or Fenchel) duality for a convex program with one entropic constraint and linear constraints;
  • the perspective of relative entropy;
  • the one-dimensional conjugate of λlog⁡λ\lambda \log \lambdaλlogλ.

The duality and conjugate lemmas are reusable for any KL-ball robust program. Contributions are welcome on each milestone, on bridges from the published RobustMDP.EntropyInner theorems to the setting here (they agree with BBB when the reference is positive), and on the r≤0r \le 0r≤0 cases of the goal.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas and B. Van Parys, Bootstrap robust prescriptive analytics, arXiv:1711.09974v2, 2021 (Math. Program., 2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.09974v2
  • G.-Y. Ban and C. Rudin, The big data newsvendor: practical insights from machine learning, Operations Research 67(1), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1757
  • D. Bertsimas and N. Kallus, From predictive to prescriptive analytics, Management Science 66(3), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2018.3253
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, A. De Waegenaere, B. Melenberg and G. Rennen, Robust solutions of optimization problems affected by uncertain probabilities, Management Science 59(2), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1120.1641
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Extrapolated Proximal Subgradient Algorithms for Nonconvex and Nonsmooth Fractional Programs 1: Every Cluster Point of the e-PSG Iterates Is a Lifted Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

A fractional program minimizes a ratio f(x)/g(x)f(x)/g(x)f(x)/g(x) over a set SSS. Nonconvex, nonsmooth ratios arise in the scale-invariant sparse signal recovery model min⁡∥x∥1/∥x∥2\min\|x\|_1/\|x\|_2min∥x∥1​/∥x∥2​ over a polyhedron, in robust Sharpe-ratio optimization in finance, and in the Rayleigh quotient x⊤Ax/x⊤Bxx^\top Ax/x^\top Bxx⊤Ax/x⊤Bx over a sphere; with g≡1g\equiv1g≡1 and S=HS=HS=H the problem reduces to composite optimization min⁡fs+fn\min f^{\mathsf s}+f^{\mathsf n}minfs+fn. The classical method of Dinkelbach (1967) and its proximal-gradient descendants assume a convex numerator and a concave or smooth denominator, which these models do not satisfy.

Boţ, Dao and Li (arXiv:2003.04124, Math. Oper. Res. 2022) propose the extrapolated proximal subgradient algorithm (e-PSG) for problems in which the numerator is the sum of a smooth convex and a nonsmooth nonconvex term and the denominator is only weakly convex, and they prove that its cluster points satisfy a first-order condition. This mission formalizes that subsequential convergence theorem (Theorem 4.5).

Setting

Let H=RNH=\mathbb R^NH=RN with the Euclidean inner product, and let S⊆HS\subseteq HS⊆H be nonempty, closed and convex. The problem is

min⁡x∈S f(x)g(x).(P)\min_{x\in S}\ \frac{f(x)}{g(x)}.\qquad(\mathrm P)x∈Smin​ g(x)f(x)​.(P)

Assumption 1. f=fs+fnf=f^{\mathsf s}+f^{\mathsf n}f=fs+fn, where fs:H→Rf^{\mathsf s}:H\to\mathbb Rfs:H→R is continuously differentiable and convex with an ℓ\ellℓ-Lipschitz gradient, fn:H→(−∞,+∞]f^{\mathsf n}:H\to(-\infty,+\infty]fn:H→(−∞,+∞] is proper and lower semicontinuous, S∩dom⁡f≠∅S\cap\operatorname{dom}f\ne\emptysetS∩domf=∅, and f≥0f\ge0f≥0 on S∩dom⁡fS\cap\operatorname{dom}fS∩domf.

Assumption 2. ggg is finite and positive on SSS, continuous on an open set containing SSS, and either weakly convex with modulus β\betaβ on an open convex set containing SSS (that is, g+β2∥⋅∥2g+\frac\beta2\|\cdot\|^2g+2β​∥⋅∥2 is convex there), or regular (Fréchet and limiting subdifferentials coincide) and weakly convex with modulus β\betaβ on SSS.

The limiting subdifferential ∂Lh(x)\partial_L h(x)∂L​h(x) collects limits of Fréchet subgradients uk∈∂^h(xk)u_k\in\widehat\partial h(x_k)uk​∈∂h(xk​) along xk→xx_k\to xxk​→x with h(xk)→h(x)h(x_k)\to h(x)h(xk​)→h(x). A point xˉ∈S\bar x\in Sxˉ∈S is a lifted stationary point of (P) if

0∈g(xˉ) ∂L(f+ιS)(xˉ)−f(xˉ) ∂Lg(xˉ),0\in g(\bar x)\,\partial_L(f+\iota_S)(\bar x)-f(\bar x)\,\partial_L g(\bar x),0∈g(xˉ)∂L​(f+ιS​)(xˉ)−f(xˉ)∂L​g(xˉ),

where ιS\iota_SιS​ is 000 on SSS and +∞+\infty+∞ off SSS.

The boundedness condition (BC) asks for 0<m≤g≤M0<m\le g\le M0<m≤g≤M on S∩dom⁡fS\cap\operatorname{dom}fS∩domf. Algorithm 1 (e-PSG) starts from x−1=x0∈S∩dom⁡fx_{-1}=x_0\in S\cap\operatorname{dom}fx−1​=x0​∈S∩domf with parameters δ>0\delta>0δ>0, ζ>0\zeta>0ζ>0 (1−βζ>01-\sqrt\beta\zeta>01−β​ζ>0) and extrapolation bounds μˉ,κˉ\bar\mu,\bar\kappaμˉ​,κˉ (in explicit ranges depending on m,M,ℓm,M,\ellm,M,ℓ under (BC), and μˉ=κˉ=0\bar\mu=\bar\kappa=0μˉ​=κˉ=0 otherwise). At step nnn it sets θn=f(xn)/g(xn)\theta_n=f(x_n)/g(x_n)θn​=f(xn​)/g(xn​), picks gn∈∂Lg(xn)g_n\in\partial_L g(x_n)gn​∈∂L​g(xn​) and 0<τn≤1/max⁡{βθn/ζ,δ}0<\tau_n\le1/\max\{\sqrt\beta\theta_n/\zeta,\delta\}0<τn​≤1/max{β​θn​/ζ,δ}, forms un=xn+κn(xn−xn−1)u_n=x_n+\kappa_n(x_n-x_{n-1})un​=xn​+κn​(xn​−xn−1​), vn=xn+μn(xn−xn−1)v_n=x_n+\mu_n(x_n-x_{n-1})vn​=xn​+μn​(xn​−xn−1​) with κn∈[0,κˉ]\kappa_n\in[0,\bar\kappa]κn​∈[0,κˉ], μn∈[0,μˉτn]\mu_n\in[0,\bar\mu\tau_n]μn​∈[0,μˉ​τn​], and takes

xn+1∈argmin⁡x∈S(fn(x)+fs(un)+⟨∇fs(un),x−un⟩+12τn∥x−vn−τnθngn∥2+ℓ2∥x−un∥2).x_{n+1}\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{x\in S}\Big(f^{\mathsf n}(x)+f^{\mathsf s}(u_n)+\langle\nabla f^{\mathsf s}(u_n),x-u_n\rangle+\tfrac1{2\tau_n}\|x-v_n-\tau_n\theta_ng_n\|^2+\tfrac\ell2\|x-u_n\|^2\Big).xn+1​∈x∈Sargmin​(fn(x)+fs(un​)+⟨∇fs(un​),x−un​⟩+2τn​1​∥x−vn​−τn​θn​gn​∥2+2ℓ​∥x−un​∥2).

Finally S0={x∈S:f(x)/g(x)≤f(x0)/g(x0)}S_0=\{x\in S: f(x)/g(x)\le f(x_0)/g(x_0)\}S0​={x∈S:f(x)/g(x)≤f(x0​)/g(x0​)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5(iii)

If S0S_0S0​ is bounded and lim inf⁡nτn=τˉ>0\liminf_n\tau_n=\bar\tau>0liminfn​τn​=τˉ>0, then every cluster point xˉ\bar xxˉ of (xn)(x_n)(xn​) satisfies

xˉ∈S∩dom⁡f,lim⁡n→∞f(xn)g(xn)=f(xˉ)g(xˉ),xˉ is lifted stationary.\bar x\in S\cap\operatorname{dom}f,\qquad \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{f(x_n)}{g(x_n)}=\frac{f(\bar x)}{g(\bar x)},\qquad \bar x\ \text{is lifted stationary.}xˉ∈S∩domf,n→∞lim​g(xn​)f(xn​)​=g(xˉ)f(xˉ)​,xˉ is lifted stationary.

In the formal statement ggg is in addition Lipschitz around every point of SSS; see Formalization scope.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 4.3: for x,y∈Sx,y\in Sx,y∈S and u∈∂Lg(x)u\in\partial_L g(x)u∈∂L​g(x), ⟨u,y−x⟩≤g(y)−g(x)+β2∥y−x∥2\langle u,y-x\rangle\le g(y)-g(x)+\frac\beta2\|y-x\|^2⟨u,y−x⟩≤g(y)−g(x)+2β​∥y−x∥2.
  2. Lemma 4.4 (descent lemma), already on the platform.
  3. Inequality (16): the one-step inequality from the subproblem.
  4. Inequality (17): the ratio inequality, for every Young parameter ω>0\omega>0ω>0.
  5. Theorem 4.5(i): xn∈S∩dom⁡fx_n\in S\cap\operatorname{dom}fxn​∈S∩domf and
(f(xn+1)g(xn+1)+c∥xn+1−xn∥2)+α∥xn+1−xn∥2≤f(xn)g(xn)+c∥xn−xn−1∥2\Big(\tfrac{f(x_{n+1})}{g(x_{n+1})}+c\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2\Big)+\alpha\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2\le\tfrac{f(x_n)}{g(x_n)}+c\|x_n-x_{n-1}\|^2(g(xn+1​)f(xn+1​)​+c∥xn+1​−xn​∥2)+α∥xn+1​−xn​∥2≤g(xn​)f(xn​)​+c∥xn​−xn−1​∥2

with the explicit constants (14), and convergence of f(xn)/g(xn)f(x_n)/g(x_n)f(xn​)/g(xn​). 6. Theorem 4.5(ii): (xn)(x_n)(xn​) is bounded, ∥xn+1−xn∥→0\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|\to0∥xn+1​−xn​∥→0, and ∑n∥xn+1−xn∥2<∞\sum_n\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2<\infty∑n​∥xn+1​−xn​∥2<∞. 7. The limit inequality at a cluster point (proof of Theorem 4.5(iii), p. 13).

Significance

Theorem 4.5 is the subsequential convergence result on which the paper's later results rest: with a Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property of a merit function it upgrades to convergence of the whole sequence and to linear rates (Theorem 5.5), and under strict differentiability of ggg lifted stationarity becomes ordinary stationarity (Corollary 4.6). The merit function Fn=f(xn)/g(xn)+c∥xn−xn−1∥2F_n=f(x_n)/g(x_n)+c\|x_n-x_{n-1}\|^2Fn​=f(xn​)/g(xn​)+c∥xn​−xn−1​∥2 with explicit constants is the template for analyzing extrapolated proximal methods on ratio objectives.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it produces a verified descent analysis of an extrapolated proximal method for a nonconvex ratio, a formal subgradient inequality for weakly convex functions with respect to the limiting subdifferential, and a checked passage to the limit through limiting subdifferentials. It also pins down the hypotheses: the formal statement records a missing assumption of the printed theorem (below).

Difficulty

The ratio is not a sum, so the standard sufficient-decrease argument for proximal gradient methods does not apply directly: the subproblem linearizes ggg through a limiting subgradient gng_ngn​ scaled by the current ratio θn\theta_nθn​, and the descent of f/gf/gf/g comes only after dividing by g(xn+1)g(x_{n+1})g(xn+1​), which ties the step size to θn\theta_nθn​ and to bounds on ggg. Extrapolation adds a cross term ⟨xn+1−xn,xn−xn−1⟩\langle x_{n+1}-x_n,x_n-x_{n-1}\rangle⟨xn+1​−xn​,xn​−xn−1​⟩ that the merit function must absorb, which is where the explicit ranges of μˉ,κˉ\bar\mu,\bar\kappaμˉ​,κˉ come from. At a cluster point, fff is only lower semicontinuous, so convergence of f(xkn)f(x_{k_n})f(xkn​​) to f(xˉ)f(\bar x)f(xˉ) must be extracted from the optimality of the subproblems, and the limits of gng_ngn​ must be shown to lie in ∂Lg(xˉ)\partial_L g(\bar x)∂L​g(xˉ). The naive approach of passing to the limit in the subproblem's optimality condition fails because ∂L(fn+ιS)\partial_L(f^{\mathsf n}+\iota_S)∂L​(fn+ιS​) has no sum rule in this generality.

Formalization scope

HHH is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin N). Functions into (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞] are EReal-valued; properness is the published IsProperFn, and ∂^\widehat\partial∂, ∂L\partial_L∂L​ are the published IsRegularSubgrad and LimitingSubdiff. The denominator ggg is real-valued on all of HHH: only its values and subgradients near SSS enter, where the paper's ggg is finite. Weak convexity "with modulus β\betaβ" means that β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 is a valid constant, not the smallest one. A run of Algorithm 1 is a predicate on the sequences (xn),(gn),(τn),(κn),(μn)(x_n),(g_n),(\tau_n),(\kappa_n),(\mu_n)(xn​),(gn​),(τn​),(κn​),(μn​); the argmin and gng_ngn​ are selections, never Classical.choose. x−1=x0x_{-1}=x_0x−1​=x0​. Ratios are real numbers (f x).toReal / g x, meaningful because the iterates stay in dom⁡f\operatorname{dom}fdomf. The κˉ\bar\kappaκˉ-range of Step 1 is written as ℓκˉ2<mδ(1−βζ)M−2mμˉmM\ell\bar\kappa^2<\frac{m\delta(1-\sqrt\beta\zeta)}M-\frac{2m\bar\mu}{\sqrt{mM}}ℓκˉ2<Mmδ(1−β​ζ)​−mM​2mμˉ​​, avoiding division by ℓ\ellℓ. lim inf⁡τn>0\liminf\tau_n>0liminfτn​>0 is an eventual positive lower bound, which is equivalent since τn≤1/δ\tau_n\le1/\deltaτn​≤1/δ. Cluster points are MapClusterPt.

Correction. Under the second alternative of Assumption 2 alone, Theorem 4.5(iii) fails: for S=[0,1]S=[0,1]S=[0,1], g(x)=2−xg(x)=2-\sqrt xg(x)=2−x​ on SSS and f(x)=1−x/4f(x)=1-\sqrt x/4f(x)=1−x​/4, the iterates converge to 000, where ∂Lg(0)=∅\partial_Lg(0)=\emptyset∂L​g(0)=∅, so 000 is not lifted stationary. The goal and the limit-inequality milestone therefore assume that ggg is Lipschitz around every point of SSS, which holds automatically under the first alternative.

The trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the parameter ranges are inhabited (checked in Lean, including ℓ=0\ell=0ℓ=0), the goal quantifies over every cluster point of every run, and lifted stationarity requires actual limiting subgradients rather than an infDist that would be 000 on an empty set.

Contributions welcome: the subgradient inequality for weakly convex functions, the descent lemma's use in (16), the limit arguments for limiting subdifferentials (the platform has the robustness property (3) as NonconvexSplitting.ProxGrad.limitingSubdiff_robust), and Fermat's rule for constrained minimizers of φ+ιS\varphi+\iota_Sφ+ιS​ — the last is reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. I. Boţ, M. N. Dao, G. Li, Extrapolated Proximal Subgradient Algorithms for Nonconvex and Nonsmooth Fractional Programs, Math. Oper. Res. 47 (2022); arXiv:2003.04124v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2003.04124
  • W. Dinkelbach, On nonlinear fractional programming, Management Science 13 (1967) 492–498. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.13.7.492
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Proximal Algorithms I: A Point Minimizes f + g Exactly When It Is a Fixed Point of the Forward-Backward Operator x ↦ prox_λg(x − λ∇f(x))Research Paper

Motivation

Many convex optimization problems combine a smooth loss with a term that is easy to handle through minimization but awkward to differentiate. A constraint can be represented by an indicator function that is zero on the feasible set and +∞+\infty+∞ outside it. A norm penalty can be finite yet nonsmooth. The proximal gradient method handles such objectives by applying a gradient step to the smooth term and a proximal step to the other term. Parikh and Boyd present this method in §4.2 of Proximal Algorithms, after developing the proximal operator, its fixed points, and its connection to the subdifferential.

The mission concerns the method's optimality interpretation. A fixed point of the forward-backward update is a minimizer of the composite objective, for every positive step size. That is a statement about which points solve the problem. The separate claim that repeated updates converge requires further control of the gradient and the step size; the paper discusses that condition after the fixed-point identity on p. 151. This mission captures the fixed-point identity itself and the paper's stated convex-analytic results that support it.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product xTyx^{\mathsf T}yxTy and norm ∥x∥2\|x\|_2∥x∥2​. Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be convex and differentiable everywhere. Let g:Rn→R∪{+∞}g:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}g:Rn→R∪{+∞} be closed, proper and convex: its epigraph is nonempty, closed and convex. The effective domain dom⁡g\operatorname{dom}gdomg consists of the points where ggg is finite. The composite problem, equation (4.5), is to minimize f(x)+g(x)f(x)+g(x)f(x)+g(x) over all x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn. An indicator g=ICg=I_Cg=IC​ expresses the constraint x∈Cx\in Cx∈C within the same notation. These conventions are those of §1.1 and §4.2 of the monograph.

For a closed proper convex function hhh, the proximal operator sends vvv to the unique minimizer of h(u)+12∥u−v∥22h(u)+\tfrac12\|u-v\|_2^2h(u)+21​∥u−v∥22​. For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the operator prox⁡λh\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda h}proxλh​ equivalently minimizes h(u)+12λ∥u−v∥22h(u)+\tfrac1{2\lambda}\|u-v\|_2^2h(u)+2λ1​∥u−v∥22​. The paper assumes closed proper convexity whenever it uses a proximal operator, including one applied to ggg. This assumption gives a unique proximal point at every input, even when ggg is infinite outside a strict subset of the space.

The subdifferential ∂g(x)\partial g(x)∂g(x) is the set of vectors yyy such that g(z)≥g(x)+yT(z−x)g(z)\ge g(x)+y^{\mathsf T}(z-x)g(z)≥g(x)+yT(z−x) for every z∈dom⁡gz\in\operatorname{dom}gz∈domg, as in (2.3). Unlike the gradient of fff, it can be empty or contain several vectors. The resolvent of the subdifferential with parameter λ\lambdaλ is the inverse relation (I+λ∂g)−1(I+\lambda\partial g)^{-1}(I+λ∂g)−1. Equation (3.4) says that this relation is the everywhere-defined, single-valued map prox⁡λg\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda g}proxλg​. Both descriptions of the proximal point appear in the milestone list.

Formalization targets

Goal: fixed points of the forward-backward operator

For any λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and x⋆∈Rnx^\star\in\mathbb R^nx⋆∈Rn, the target from §4.2.1, pp. 150–151, is

x⋆ minimizes f+g⟺x⋆=prox⁡λg(x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆)).x^\star\text{ minimizes }f+g \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad x^\star=\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda g}\bigl(x^\star-\lambda\nabla f(x^\star)\bigr).x⋆ minimizes f+g⟺x⋆=proxλg​(x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆)).

The quantifier covers every positive λ\lambdaλ; it is independent of any Lipschitz bound. The equation describes a fixed point of the forward-backward operator, which first evaluates ∇f\nabla f∇f and then applies the proximal operator of ggg.

Supporting statements

The milestones follow statements printed in the same monograph: existence and uniqueness of a proximal minimizer from (1.1)–(1.2); the subdifferential optimality condition for a proximal minimizer in §2.3; the fixed-point characterization of minimizers in §2.3; the full-domain, single-valued resolvent identity (3.4); and the condition 0∈∇f(x⋆)+∂g(x⋆)0\in\nabla f(x^\star)+\partial g(x^\star)0∈∇f(x⋆)+∂g(x⋆) for minimizing f+gf+gf+g in §4.2.1. The resolvent milestone includes its domain and uniqueness claims because the paper states both, rather than only an equality of partially defined relations. These targets retain the authors' constants 12\tfrac1221​, 12λ\tfrac1{2\lambda}2λ1​ and λ\lambdaλ.

Why the result matters

The equivalence identifies the solutions of a composite convex problem using an update rule that treats the smooth and nonsmooth terms differently. It applies when ggg encodes constraints or a nonsmooth penalty and still characterizes the exact minimizers. It also says what a converged proximal gradient iteration must solve. The characterization by itself makes no claim that an iteration converges, a distinction made in the paper's discussion on p. 151. Parikh and Boyd, §4.2.1, give the fixed-point view of the algorithm in precisely this setting.

The formalization connects an existing machine-checked proximal-point definition from the Moreau 1965 series to a new Euclidean subdifferential defined by the supporting inequality (2.3). It leaves reusable statements about proximal optimality and resolvents alongside the composite result. A related published theorem, ProxNewton.Inexact.compGradStep_eq_zero_iff, characterizes minimizers through a composite-gradient step at unit step length under stronger smoothness assumptions and a different proximal representation. The present target preserves the monograph's arbitrary positive λ\lambdaλ, its extended-real ggg, and its particular proximal operator.

Difficulty

The two sides of the goal compare different minimization problems. The left side minimizes f+gf+gf+g globally; the right side minimizes a quadratic centered at x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆)x^\star-\lambda\nabla f(x^\star)x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆) plus λg\lambda gλg. Merely expanding the definition of the proximal operator does not make these objectives identical. The needed first-order conditions must also remain valid when ggg is infinite outside its domain and its subdifferential is set-valued. In (3.4), an inverse relation is asserted to have a value at every point and only one value there; an equality that overlooks either property would be weaker than the paper's statement.

Formalization scope

The Lean carrier is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) for arbitrary n∈Nn\in\mathbb Nn∈N. Its norm and inner product are the paper's Euclidean ones. No positive-dimension hypothesis is imposed: the zero-dimensional case is a singleton space and does not invalidate these identities. Values of ggg are in EReal; the imported MoreauProx.Decomposition.GammaZero records that ggg never equals −∞-\infty−∞, is finite somewhere, has a convex epigraph, and is lower semicontinuous. For real-valued convex fff on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, closedness and properness follow from finiteness and convexity. Differentiability is explicit so Mathlib's gradient f x represents the intended ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x).

The imported MoreauProx.Decomposition.IsProx is a predicate saying that a point minimizes 12∥u−v∥22+λg(u)\tfrac12\|u-v\|_2^2+\lambda g(u)21​∥u−v∥22​+λg(u). Positive λ\lambdaλ makes its minimizers those of the paper's (1.2), including at points where g(u)=+∞g(u)=+\inftyg(u)=+∞. Uniqueness is supplied by the referenced Moreau strict-minimum theorem. The local subdifferential follows (2.3): it is empty when its argument lies outside the effective domain, and it tests the supporting inequality over all z∈Rnz\in\mathbb R^nz∈Rn. Outside dom⁡g\operatorname{dom}gdomg the right side is +∞+\infty+∞, so those tests add no restriction. The composite minimization condition ranges over every y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn and compares extended-real values.

The goal must relate these two genuinely different minimization problems through the gradient and convexity; defining the forward-backward operator to minimize f+gf+gf+g would empty the theorem of its content. Contributions on extended-real subgradient calculus, the full-domain resolvent relation, and the composite optimality condition are welcome. The imported Moreau definitions and the local supporting-inequality subdifferential are reusable in further convex optimization developments.

This source PDF is the authors' Foundations and Trends formatted copy of the published monograph. Printed page numbers throughout this mission refer to that copy; its body begins on PDF page 5 at printed p. 123.

Selected references

  • Neal Parikh and Stephen Boyd, Proximal Algorithms, Foundations and Trends in Optimization 1(3), 2014. DOI: 10.1561/2400000003.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantity Flexibility Contracts and Supply Chain Performance 1: Under the Minimum Commitment Policy a Flex Node With At Least Its Customer's Flexibility Keeps Zero InventoryResearch Paper

Motivation

Manufacturers and their suppliers rarely trade on fixed orders. A buyer sends a rolling schedule of intended purchases for the coming periods and revises it every period as its own forecasts change. Left unconstrained, such revisions pass demand volatility up the supply chain and amplify it, the phenomenon studied as the bullwhip effect (Lee, Padmanabhan & Whang 1997). A quantity flexibility (QF) contract limits how far each estimate may move from one period to the next: the buyer commits to a band around its earlier estimate, and the supplier commits to supply anything inside that band. The paper reports QF-type agreements at Sun Microsystems, Solectron, Nippon Otis, Toyota, IBM, Hewlett Packard and Compaq (p. 92).

Tsay & Lovejoy (1999) model a multi-stage chain in which every stage is linked to its neighbours by QF contracts, and ask how the flexibility a node offers its customer, compared with the flexibility it receives from its supplier, determines the inventory the node must carry. This mission formalizes their answer for one node: Proposition 2 (p. 97), which states that a node whose supply side is at least as flexible as its customer side needs no inventory at all.

Setting

Time is discrete, t=0,1,2,…t = 0, 1, 2, \dotst=0,1,2,…. In period ttt a flex node receives from its customer a release schedule f(t)=[f0(t),f1(t),… ]f(t) = [f_0(t), f_1(t), \dots]f(t)=[f0​(t),f1​(t),…]: f0(t)f_0(t)f0​(t) is the quantity sold in period ttt, and fj(t)f_j(t)fj​(t) is the current estimate of the quantity to be sold in period t+jt + jt+j. The node sends its supplier a replenishment schedule r(t)=[r0(t),r1(t),… ]r(t) = [r_0(t), r_1(t), \dots]r(t)=[r0​(t),r1​(t),…] with the same meaning on the purchase side. Its ending stock evolves as

I(t)=I(t−1)+r0(t)−f0(t).I(t) = I(t-1) + r_0(t) - f_0(t).I(t)=I(t−1)+r0​(t)−f0​(t).

The QF contract on the customer side has output parameters αqout≥0\alpha^{out}_q \ge 0αqout​≥0 and 0≤ωqout≤10 \le \omega^{out}_q \le 10≤ωqout​≤1, q≥1q \ge 1q≥1, and the output IR (Incremental Revision) constraints (6):

(1−ωjout) fj(t)≤fj−1(t+1)≤(1+αjout) fj(t),j≥1.(1 - \omega^{out}_j)\, f_j(t) \le f_{j-1}(t+1) \le (1 + \alpha^{out}_j)\, f_j(t), \qquad j \ge 1.(1−ωjout​)fj​(t)≤fj−1​(t+1)≤(1+αjout​)fj​(t),j≥1.

The supplier side has input parameters (αqin,ωqin)(\alpha^{in}_q, \omega^{in}_q)(αqin​,ωqin​) and the analogous constraints (7) on rrr. The cumulative flexibilities (9), (11) are

1+Aj=∏q=1j(1+αq),1−Ωj=∏q=1j(1−ωq),1 + A_j = \prod_{q=1}^{j}(1 + \alpha_q), \qquad 1 - \Omega_j = \prod_{q=1}^{j}(1 - \omega_q),1+Aj​=q=1∏j​(1+αq​),1−Ωj​=q=1∏j​(1−ωq​),

on each side, with A0=Ω0=0A_0 = \Omega_0 = 0A0​=Ω0​=0. The pair of sequences (A,Ω)(A, \Omega)(A,Ω) is the side's flexibility profile.

The node follows the Minimum Commitment (MC) policy (21)–(23). From I(t−1)I(t-1)I(t−1), r(t−1)r(t-1)r(t−1) and f(t)f(t)f(t) it computes, by one recursion on j≥0j \ge 0j≥0, projected inventories lj(t)l_j(t)lj​(t) and the new schedule:

l0(t)=I(t−1),rj(t)=max⁡[(1+Ajout)fj(t)−lj(t)1+Ajin, (1−ωj+1in) rj+1(t−1)],l_0(t) = I(t-1),\qquad r_j(t) = \max\Bigl[\frac{(1 + A^{out}_j) f_j(t) - l_j(t)}{1 + A^{in}_j},\ (1 - \omega^{in}_{j+1})\, r_{j+1}(t-1)\Bigr],l0​(t)=I(t−1),rj​(t)=max[1+Ajin​(1+Ajout​)fj​(t)−lj​(t)​, (1−ωj+1in​)rj+1​(t−1)], lj+1(t)=[lj(t)+(1−Ωjin) rj(t)−(1+Ajout) fj(t)]+.l_{j+1}(t) = \bigl[l_j(t) + (1 - \Omega^{in}_j)\, r_j(t) - (1 + A^{out}_j)\, f_j(t)\bigr]^+.lj+1​(t)=[lj​(t)+(1−Ωjin​)rj​(t)−(1+Ajout​)fj​(t)]+.

The first term of the maximum is the target Tj(t)T_j(t)Tj​(t) of (22): the least supply that covers the largest purchase the customer may still make in period t+jt + jt+j. The second term is the least value the supplier contract allows given last period's schedule.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

Under the standing assumptions, if (a) the release schedules are nonnegative and obey (6), (b) the node uses the MC policy, (c) I(0)=0I(0) = 0I(0)=0 and the run starts with r(0)=f(0)r(0) = f(0)r(0)=f(0), and (d) Ajout≤AjinA^{out}_j \le A^{in}_jAjout​≤Ajin​ and Ωjout≤Ωjin\Omega^{out}_j \le \Omega^{in}_jΩjout​≤Ωjin​ for all j≥1j \ge 1j≥1, then

I(t)=0for all t.I(t) = 0 \quad \text{for all } t.I(t)=0for all t.

If moreover (Ain,Ωin)=(Aout,Ωout)(A^{in}, \Omega^{in}) = (A^{out}, \Omega^{out})(Ain,Ωin)=(Aout,Ωout) and ωqin<1\omega^{in}_q < 1ωqin​<1 for all qqq, then

rj(t)=fj(t)for all j≥0, t≥1.r_j(t) = f_j(t) \quad \text{for all } j \ge 0,\ t \ge 1.rj​(t)=fj​(t)for all j≥0, t≥1.

Milestones

  1. (8), p. 95: the IR constraints imply the cumulative bounds (1−Ωjout)fj(t)≤f0(t+j)≤(1+Ajout)fj(t)(1 - \Omega^{out}_j) f_j(t) \le f_0(t + j) \le (1 + A^{out}_j) f_j(t)(1−Ωjout​)fj​(t)≤f0​(t+j)≤(1+Ajout​)fj​(t).
  2. Coverage, p. 108: along the MC run, rj(t)≥Tj(t)r_j(t) \ge T_j(t)rj​(t)≥Tj​(t) for every jjj, hence I(t)≥0I(t) \ge 0I(t)≥0.
  3. Inventory is non-increasing, p. 108: under (d), r0(t)≤f0(t)r_0(t) \le f_0(t)r0​(t)≤f0​(t), hence I(t)≤I(t−1)I(t) \le I(t-1)I(t)≤I(t−1).
  4. The vanishing step, p. 108: if lj(t)=0l_j(t) = 0lj​(t)=0 and rj(t)=fj(t)r_j(t) = f_j(t)rj​(t)=fj​(t), then lj+1(t)=0l_{j+1}(t) = 0lj+1​(t)=0.

Significance

Proposition 2 isolates the source of inventory at an intermediate stage of a QF-linked chain: it is the disparity between the node's input and output flexibility, not the volatility of the forecasts themselves. A node supplied at least as flexibly as it serves can meet every contractual obligation with zero stock, and a node with matched flexibility passes every schedule upstream unchanged, acting as a non-distorting conduit of information and material. The paper uses this to argue that supply flexibility beyond the customer's is wasted at the node unless passed downstream (p. 97). Inventory under a flexibility mismatch, where the node amplifies flexibility, is studied numerically in §5 of the paper.

The result has a short proof in the paper, but that proof routes through formula (33), a closed form of the MC schedule as a maximum over all earlier periods, whose proof is omitted and which needs schedules before any starting period. A machine-checked proof must instead argue directly on a run with a definite start. No part of the paper has been formalized before; this mission also produces a reusable formal model of rolling schedules, QF constraints and the MC policy.

Difficulty

The obvious argument shows r0(t)≤f0(t)r_0(t) \le f_0(t)r0​(t)≤f0​(t) from the definition of the MC policy at index 000 alone. That fails: r0(t)r_0(t)r0​(t) is a maximum that includes the carried-over term (1−ω1in) r1(t−1)(1 - \omega^{in}_1)\, r_1(t-1)(1−ω1in​)r1​(t−1), which depends on the whole earlier schedule r(t−1)r(t-1)r(t−1), and that in turn on r(t−2)r(t-2)r(t−2), and so on back to the initial schedule. Bounding r0(t)r_0(t)r0​(t) therefore requires control of every component of every earlier schedule, an invariant over both indices that the paper does not state. The start of the run matters: with an unconstrained initial schedule the claim is false. The equal-flexibility part additionally needs a second induction, on jjj within each period, interleaved with the recursion that defines lj(t)l_j(t)lj​(t) and rj(t)r_j(t)rj​(t).

Formalization scope

Schedules are functions N→R\mathbb N \to \mathbb RN→R indexed by j≥0j \ge 0j≥0; the release schedules are a function f:N→N→Rf : \mathbb N \to \mathbb N \to \mathbb Rf:N→N→R with f t j =fj(t)= f_j(t)=fj​(t). The QF parameters are sequences N→R\mathbb N \to \mathbb RN→R whose value at index 000 is unused. Constraint (6) is stated with the paper's jjj written j+1j + 1j+1. The MC policy is defined literally by (21)–(23), for every j∈Nj \in \mathbb Nj∈N, as one recursion that interleaves lj(t)l_j(t)lj​(t) and rj(t)r_j(t)rj​(t); the run starts from a given state (I(0),r(0))(I(0), r(0))(I(0),r(0)) at period 000 and applies the policy from period 111 on. All values are real.

The standing assumptions of p. 95 (α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0, 0≤ω≤10 \le \omega \le 10≤ω≤1) are hypotheses. Three hypotheses are added to the page's statement and disclosed in each item:

  1. fj(t)≥0f_j(t) \ge 0fj​(t)≥0, implicit in the paper ("all quantities are measured in end-item equivalents") and used by its proof;
  2. the start r(0)=f(0)r(0) = f(0)r(0)=f(0): the paper names no initial schedule, and with a large r1(0)r_1(0)r1​(0) the conclusion fails at t=1t = 1t=1;
  3. ωqin<1\omega^{in}_q < 1ωqin​<1 in the equal-flexibility part only: the paper's proof divides by 1−Ωjin1 - \Omega^{in}_j1−Ωjin​, and with ω=1\omega = 1ω=1 allowed the part is false.

A formalization in which the run sets r(t):=f(t)r(t) := f(t)r(t):=f(t), or in which the MC step drops the carried-over term in (21) or the positive part in (23), would make the goal trivial; the model rules this out by defining the policy exactly as printed. Condition (d) compares the cumulative profiles, not the parameters termwise. Formula (33) and Propositions 1, 3 and 4 are not part of this mission; Proposition 1 (optimality of MC for the open-loop program) is the companion mission.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of the goal through an invariant on (1−Ωjin) rj(t)(1 - \Omega^{in}_j)\, r_j(t)(1−Ωjin​)rj​(t), and lemmas about the MC run reusable for the companion mission.

Selected references

  • A. A. Tsay and W. S. Lovejoy, Quantity Flexibility Contracts and Supply Chain Performance, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 1(2):89–111, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1.2.89
  • A. A. Tsay, The Quantity Flexibility Contract and Supplier–Customer Incentives, Management Science 45(10):1339–1358, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.10.1339
  • H. L. Lee, V. Padmanabhan and S. Whang, Information Distortion in a Supply Chain: The Bullwhip Effect, Management Science 43(4):546–558, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.43.4.546
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games 4: Changing Only the Nonstrategic Component Makes the Pure Nash Equilibria Coincide with the Pareto Optimal ProfilesResearch Paper

Motivation

A finite strategic game can be changed in ways that no player can detect strategically. Adding to player mmm's utility any function that does not depend on player mmm's own strategy leaves every unilateral comparison "is strategy aaa better for me than strategy bbb, given what the others do?" unchanged, so it leaves every best response and every pure Nash equilibrium unchanged. Such changes are not irrelevant, however: they move the payoff levels, and therefore change which outcomes are efficient.

Candogan, Menache, Ozdaglar and Parrilo (arXiv:1005.2405; Math. Oper. Res. 36(3), 2011, DOI 10.1287/moor.1110.0500) make this precise. They decompose every finite game uniquely into a potential component, a harmonic component and a nonstrategic component (their Theorem 4.1). The first two determine all pairwise comparisons; the third determines nothing about equilibria. Section 5.3 of the paper asks what the third component can do to efficiency, and answers with Theorem 5.9: by changing only the nonstrategic component, the pure Nash equilibria of a game can be made to coincide exactly with its Pareto optimal profiles. This mission formalizes that result.

The question matters wherever a designer can transfer payoffs without altering incentives (for instance side payments to a player that depend only on the other players' actions): the theorem says such transfers can always align equilibrium with efficiency, provided an equilibrium exists.

Setting

There is a finite set M\mathcal MM of players. Player mmm has a finite nonempty set EmE^mEm of strategies; a strategy profile is p=(pm)m∈M∈E=∏mEmp = (p^m)_{m\in\mathcal M} \in E = \prod_m E^mp=(pm)m∈M​∈E=∏m​Em, and (qm,p−m)(q^m, p^{-m})(qm,p−m) denotes ppp with player mmm's strategy replaced by qmq^mqm. A game is a family of utilities u=(um)mu = (u^m)_mu=(um)m​, um:E→Ru^m : E \to \mathbb Rum:E→R.

Two profiles are mmm-comparable if they differ, and differ only in player mmm's strategy. The game graph has node set EEE and an edge between every pair of profiles that are mmm-comparable for some mmm. On this graph:

  • C0C_0C0​ is the space of functions E→RE \to \mathbb RE→R with ⟨φ,ψ⟩0=∑pφ(p)ψ(p)\langle \varphi, \psi\rangle_0 = \sum_p \varphi(p)\psi(p)⟨φ,ψ⟩0​=∑p​φ(p)ψ(p);
  • C1C_1C1​ is the space of edge flows XXX (X(p,q)=−X(q,p)X(p,q) = -X(q,p)X(p,q)=−X(q,p) on edges, 000 off edges) with ⟨X,Y⟩1=12∑(p,q)X(p,q)Y(p,q)\langle X, Y\rangle_1 = \tfrac12\sum_{(p,q)} X(p,q)Y(p,q)⟨X,Y⟩1​=21​∑(p,q)​X(p,q)Y(p,q), summed over ordered adjacent pairs;
  • δ0:C0→C1\delta_0 : C_0 \to C_1δ0​:C0​→C1​, (δ0φ)(p,q)=φ(q)−φ(p)(\delta_0\varphi)(p,q) = \varphi(q) - \varphi(p)(δ0​φ)(p,q)=φ(q)−φ(p) on edges, is the combinatorial gradient;
  • Dm:C0→C1D_m : C_0 \to C_1Dm​:C0​→C1​ is the same difference restricted to mmm-comparable pairs, and Du=∑mDmumD u = \sum_m D_m u^mDu=∑m​Dm​um. For mmm-comparable p,qp,qp,q, (Du)(p,q)=um(q)−um(p)(Du)(p,q) = u^m(q) - u^m(p)(Du)(p,q)=um(q)−um(p): DDD records the game's pairwise comparisons.

Games form the space C0MC_0^MC0M​ with the inner product ∑m⟨um,vm⟩0\sum_m\langle u^m, v^m\rangle_0∑m​⟨um,vm⟩0​. With †\dagger† the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse for these inner products, the potential and harmonic components of a game are

uP=D†δ0δ0†Du,uH=D†(I−δ0δ0†)Du,u_{\mathcal P} = D^\dagger\delta_0\delta_0^\dagger D u, \qquad u_{\mathcal H} = D^\dagger(I - \delta_0\delta_0^\dagger) D u ,uP​=D†δ0​δ0†​Du,uH​=D†(I−δ0​δ0†​)Du,

and the nonstrategic component is what remains. A profile ppp is a pure Nash equilibrium of uuu if um(qm,p−m)≤um(p)u^m(q^m, p^{-m}) \le u^m(p)um(qm,p−m)≤um(p) for all mmm and qmq^mqm, and it is Pareto optimal (Definition 5.3) if no profile qqq has um(q)≥um(p)u^m(q) \ge u^m(p)um(q)≥um(p) for all mmm and uk(q)>uk(p)u^k(q) > u^k(p)uk(q)>uk(p) for some kkk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.9

For every game uuu that has a pure Nash equilibrium there is a game uˉ\bar uuˉ with

uˉP=uP,uˉH=uH,{p:p pure NE of uˉ}={p:p Pareto optimal in uˉ}.\bar u_{\mathcal P} = u_{\mathcal P},\qquad \bar u_{\mathcal H} = u_{\mathcal H},\qquad \{p : p \text{ pure NE of } \bar u\} = \{p : p \text{ Pareto optimal in } \bar u\}.uˉP​=uP​,uˉH​=uH​,{p:p pure NE of uˉ}={p:p Pareto optimal in uˉ}.

The statement is existential and fixes nothing about uˉ\bar uuˉ beyond its potential and harmonic components; it asserts the full equality of the two sets, not one inclusion.

Milestones

  1. §5.3, p. 32. Games with the same potential and harmonic components have the same pure Nash equilibria.
  2. Lemma 5.4. For every game uuu there is a game u^\hat uu^ with u^P=uP\hat u_{\mathcal P} = u_{\mathcal P}u^P​=uP​, u^H=uH\hat u_{\mathcal H} = u_{\mathcal H}u^H​=uH​, and u^m(p)=0\hat u^m(p) = 0u^m(p)=0 for every player mmm at every pure Nash equilibrium ppp of uuu.

Significance

The result. The nonstrategic component has no influence on the pairwise comparisons, and hence on equilibria, yet Theorem 5.9 shows that it controls efficiency completely: whenever a pure equilibrium exists, some choice of it makes every equilibrium Pareto optimal and every Pareto optimal profile an equilibrium. Read the other way, two games that are strategically indistinguishable can have opposite efficiency properties, so any efficiency statement about a class of games (a price-of-anarchy bound, for instance) must depend on more than the strategic structure. The paper also uses Lemma 5.4 as a normalisation: the payoff levels at equilibria are a free parameter of the nonstrategic component.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a short proof on paper, but the proof works with the pairwise comparisons, whereas the statement is about the components uPu_{\mathcal P}uP​, uHu_{\mathcal H}uH​ defined through pseudoinverses. Connecting the two requires the identities of the decomposition: that uP+uH=D†Duu_{\mathcal P} + u_{\mathcal H} = D^\dagger D uuP​+uH​=D†Du and that DD†D=DD D^\dagger D = DDD†D=D. The mission therefore produces a machine-checked link between the linear-algebraic decomposition of games and their equilibrium sets, which other results of the paper (and of the literature on near-potential games) also need. To the best of our knowledge, none of these statements has been formalized before; the result itself is proved in the paper.

Difficulty

The construction on pp. 31–33 is explicit, so the difficulty is not finding uˉ\bar uuˉ but keeping two descriptions of "differ only in the nonstrategic component" consistent. The statement uses the component maps; the proof checks pointwise that um(p)−um(q)=uˉm(p)−uˉm(q)u^m(p) - u^m(q) = \bar u^m(p) - \bar u^m(q)um(p)−um(q)=uˉm(p)−uˉm(q) for mmm-comparable p,qp, qp,q. Passing from the second to the first needs the pseudoinverse identities for DDD and δ0\delta_0δ0​ with respect to the specific inner products of C0MC_0^MC0M​ and C1C_1C1​; a naive argument that treats D†D^\daggerD† as an inverse fails because DDD has a large kernel. A second point is the case analysis in the definition of uˉ\bar uuˉ: whether a profile is mmm-comparable to an equilibrium must be shown independent of which of two mmm-comparable profiles is examined, and the case where a non-equilibrium profile is mmm-comparable to an equilibrium for every player mmm needs the separate argument of p. 33.

Formalization scope

Players form a finite type ι with decidable equality; strategy sets E m are finite, nonempty and have decidable equality. A game is an element of PiLp 2 (fun _ => EuclideanSpace ℝ (∀ k, E k)), i.e. C0MC_0^MC0M​ with the unweighted sum inner product of Section 4; the weighted inner product of Section 6 is not used. C1C_1C1​ carries the inner product with the factor 12\tfrac1221​. The pseudoinverse is defined directly (Mathlib has none) as the inverse of LLL on (ker⁡L)⊥(\ker L)^\perp(kerL)⊥ composed with the orthogonal projection onto the range. Pure Nash equilibrium is AGT.IsPureNash from the published agt_games bundle; Pareto optimality is Definition 5.3, stated for a plain utility function.

Added hypothesis. The paper leaves implicit that GGG has a pure Nash equilibrium, and the goal carries it as a hypothesis. It is necessary: every finite game has a Pareto optimal profile (a maximizer of ∑mum\sum_m u^m∑m​um), while a game without pure equilibria, such as matching pennies, has none in any game with the same potential and harmonic components, so the set equality would fail. The paper's proof uses an equilibrium in the step "deviation to a NE increases the payoff of at least one player". Lemma 5.4 needs no such hypothesis.

"Same potential and harmonic components" is stated as equality of the two component maps of Theorem 4.1, never as membership of u−uˉu - \bar uu−uˉ in ker⁡D\ker DkerD; the two are equivalent only through the decomposition theorem. Without condition (i) the goal would be trivial (take uˉ\bar uuˉ constant, so that every profile is both an equilibrium and Pareto optimal), so condition (i) is what makes the statement nontrivial.

Needed infrastructure: the Penrose identities for the pseudoinverse; DD†D=DD D^\dagger D = DDD†D=D; the fact that DuDuDu determines each DmumD_m u^mDm​um (the mmm-comparable edge sets for different mmm are disjoint); and the explicit constructions of u^\hat uu^ and uˉ\bar uuˉ. The pseudoinverse lemmas and the "same comparisons, same equilibria" bridge are reusable throughout the series. Proofs of the milestones, of the bridge in either direction, and of the Penrose identities are welcome as separate contributions.

Selected references

  • O. Candogan, I. Menache, A. Ozdaglar, P. A. Parrilo, Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games, arXiv:1005.2405v2, 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1005.2405 — journal version: Mathematics of Operations Research 36(3):474–503, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0500
  • D. Monderer, L. S. Shapley, Potential Games, Games and Economic Behavior 14(1):124–143, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
  • R. Penrose, A generalized inverse for matrices, Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 51(3):406–413, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100030401
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 2: With Linear Latency Functions the Cost of a Nash Flow Is at Most 4/3 Times the Optimal CostResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network, each user picks a route to minimize its own delay, without regard to the delay it imposes on others. The outcome is an equilibrium that is in general not socially optimal: Braess's paradox shows that adding a road can make every user worse off, and Pigou's two-link example shows that selfish users can incur a third more total delay than a central planner would. Transportation science has studied such equilibria since Wardrop (1952) and Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten (1956). The computer-science question of how much is lost, uniformly over all networks, was answered for linear delays by Roughgarden and Tardos in How Bad is Selfish Routing? (FOCS 2000; J. ACM 2002, doi:10.1145/506147.506153). Their bound became the first instance of the price of anarchy for nonatomic routing and the template for a large literature on the inefficiency of equilibria.

Timeline. Wardrop (1952) states the equilibrium principle. Beckmann et al. (1956) and Dafermos–Sparrow (1969) characterize equilibria and optima by convex programs. Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (1999) introduce the worst-case ratio of equilibrium to optimum. Roughgarden and Tardos (2000/2002) prove the bound 4/34/34/3 for linear latencies, tight by Pigou's example. Roughgarden (2003) and Correa, Schulz and Stier-Moses (2004) extend the analysis to general latency classes.

Setting

A network has finitely many edges eee and finitely many routes PPP; a route is the set of edges it uses, recorded by a 0/10/10/1 incidence. There are kkk commodities; each route serves one commodity iii, and Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ is the set of routes serving iii. Commodity iii has a positive rate rir_iri​. A flow assigns a nonnegative amount fPf_PfP​ to each route; it is feasible for rrr if ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}f_P=r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for every iii. The edge flow is fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e}f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​.

Each edge has a linear latency ℓe(x)=aex+be\ell_e(x)=a_ex+b_eℓe​(x)=ae​x+be​ with ae,be≥0a_e,b_e\ge0ae​,be​≥0. The latency of a route is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​), and the cost of a flow is

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP=∑eℓe(fe) fe.C(f)=\sum_P\ell_P(f)\,f_P=\sum_e\ell_e(f_e)\,f_e .C(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​=e∑​ℓe​(fe​)fe​.

A feasible flow is at Nash equilibrium if no small amount of flow on a route P1P_1P1​ can reduce its latency by moving to another route P2P_2P2​ of the same commodity (Definition 2.1); equivalently (Lemma 2.2), every used route of commodity iii has minimum latency among the routes in Pi\mathcal P_iPi​. A flow is optimal if it is feasible and has minimum cost among feasible flows. The marginal cost of edge eee is ℓe∗(x)=(xℓe(x))′=2aex+be\ell^*_e(x)=(x\ell_e(x))'=2a_ex+b_eℓe∗​(x)=(xℓe​(x))′=2ae​x+be​, and Li∗(f∗)=min⁡P∈Pi∑e∈Pℓe∗(fe∗)L^*_i(f^*)=\min_{P\in\mathcal P_i}\sum_{e\in P}\ell^*_e(f^*_e)Li∗​(f∗)=minP∈Pi​​∑e∈P​ℓe∗​(fe∗​).

The Lean development uses the names pathLatency, cost, IsNashFlow, IsOptimalFlow, linLatency, marginalLatency and minMarginalPathCost for these objects.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5

For every instance with linear latencies ae,be≥0a_e,b_e\ge0ae​,be​≥0, every Nash flow fff and every feasible flow f∗f^*f∗,

C(f)≤43 C(f∗).C(f)\le\tfrac43\,C(f^*).C(f)≤34​C(f∗).

This is the paper's ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤4/3\rho(G,r,\ell)=C(f)/C(f^*)\le4/3ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤4/3, stated without the ratio.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: Nash flows are exactly the Wardrop flows (for continuous nondecreasing latencies).
  2. Lemma 2.3: at a Nash flow, C(f)=∑iLi(f) riC(f)=\sum_iL_i(f)\,r_iC(f)=∑i​Li​(f)ri​, with Li(f)L_i(f)Li​(f) the common latency of the used routes of commodity iii.
  3. Lemma 4.1(a), (b): Nash and optimal flows for linear latencies, characterized by ∑e∈P(aefe+be)\sum_{e\in P}(a_ef_e+b_e)∑e∈P​(ae​fe​+be​) and ∑e∈P(2aefe∗+be)\sum_{e\in P}(2a_ef^*_e+b_e)∑e∈P​(2ae​fe∗​+be​) being minimal on used routes.
  4. Corollary 4.2: for ℓe(x)=aex\ell_e(x)=a_exℓe​(x)=ae​x, optimal and Nash flows coincide.
  5. Lemma 4.3: if fff is a Nash flow for rrr then f/2f/2f/2 is optimal for r/2r/2r/2, and ℓP∗(f/2)=ℓP(f)\ell^*_P(f/2)=\ell_P(f)ℓP∗​(f/2)=ℓP​(f).
  6. Lemma 4.4: if f∗f^*f∗ is optimal for rrr and δ>0\delta>0δ>0, every flow feasible for (1+δ)r(1+\delta)r(1+δ)r costs at least C(f∗)+δ∑iLi∗(f∗) riC(f^*)+\delta\sum_iL^*_i(f^*)\,r_iC(f∗)+δ∑i​Li∗​(f∗)ri​.
  7. C(f/2)≥14C(f)C(f/2)\ge\frac14C(f)C(f/2)≥41​C(f) (proof of Theorem 4.5).
  8. Figure 3: in Pigou's network the Nash flow costs 111 and the optimal flow 3/43/43/4, so the constant 4/34/34/3 is attained.

Significance

The bound says that, with linear delays, selfish routing never costs more than 4/34/34/3 times the optimum, independently of the network's size and topology and of the number of commodities. It explains why Braess-type phenomena are bounded in magnitude, and it yields consequences for mechanical networks of strings and springs (Corollary 4.6 of the paper). The inequality C(f)≤43C(f∗)C(f)\le\frac43C(f^*)C(f)≤34​C(f∗) for every feasible f∗f^*f∗ is the basic input to later work on bicriteria bounds, Stackelberg routing, tolls and the general price-of-anarchy framework.

The result is proved in the paper and in textbooks (Nisan et al., Algorithmic Game Theory, ch. 18). No machine-checked proof is known to exist on Prove2Me or in Mathlib. A formalization produces a checked model of nonatomic routing (route flows, Nash and optimal flows) together with the first-order characterization of optimal flows for convex quadratic costs, both of which are reusable for the other results of the paper and for later routing papers.

Difficulty

The equilibrium bound is not a pointwise inequality between the two flows: the Nash flow fff and an arbitrary feasible flow f∗f^*f∗ can use entirely different routes. The step that requires real work is the comparison between an optimal flow for the rates r/2r/2r/2 and an arbitrary flow for the rates rrr (Lemma 4.4), which rests on the characterization of optimal flows of a convex program (Lemma 4.1(b)). That characterization is a Karush–Kuhn–Tucker statement over a polytope of route flows; the paper cites it rather than proving it, and Mathlib has no ready-made version. The naive approach, bounding each edge's cost separately, fails because the two flows load different edges.

Formalization scope

  • Edges, routes and commodities are Fin J, Fin R, Fin Sd. A route is a 0/10/10/1 column A j r of the incidence; the commodity of route r is s r. The paper's simple paths in a directed graph are one instance, so all statements are a disclosed generalization; copies of one path serving two commodities are two routes.
  • Edge flows and feasibility are the published KellyStochasticNetworks.linkFlow and KellyStochasticNetworks.wardropFeasible; the Wardrop condition is KellyStochasticNetworks.IsWardropEquilibrium.
  • All rates are positive (0 < rate i), as on p. 6. Linear latencies have ae,be≥0a_e,b_e\ge0ae​,be​≥0, and only their values at nonnegative arguments matter.
  • Definition 2.1 is formalized for distinct routes P1≠P2P_1\neq P_2P1​=P2​ and 0<δ≤fP10<\delta\le f_{P_1}0<δ≤fP1​​. The literal P1=P2P_1=P_2P1​=P2​ would make Nash flows nonexistent, and the literal δ=0\delta=0δ=0 on an unused P1P_1P1​ would force equal latencies on unused routes; both readings would make the theorems vacuous or false.
  • Lemmas 2.2 and 2.3 are stated for arbitrary latencies that are nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); continuity replaces differentiability, as the paper's footnote 3 allows.
  • The ratio ρ\rhoρ is never formed: C(f∗)C(f^*)C(f∗) may be 000 and Lean's division returns 000 there. Every bound is stated as an inequality against every feasible flow.
  • Li∗L^*_iLi∗​ is a minimum over the nonempty finite set of routes serving iii; Li(f)L_i(f)Li​(f) in Lemma 2.3 is stated existentially.
  • A trivializing formalization (a Nash definition no flow satisfies, a ratio with junk denominator, or a single-commodity or parallel-link special case) is ruled out by the choices above; Pigou's flow (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) is checked to satisfy the formal Nash definition.

Needed infrastructure: the edge/route exchange of summation, the first-order optimality conditions for a convex differentiable function on a product of simplices, and the convexity inequality xℓe(x)≥yℓe(y)+(x−y)ℓe∗(y)x\ell_e(x)\ge y\ell_e(y)+(x-y)\ell^*_e(y)xℓe​(x)≥yℓe​(y)+(x−y)ℓe∗​(y). Contributions of a general KKT lemma for separable convex costs on flow polytopes are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, Journal of the ACM 49(2), 236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Institution of Civil Engineers, Part II, 1, 325–378, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire and C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956.
  • S. C. Dafermos and F. T. Sparrow, The traffic assignment problem for a general network, J. Research of the National Bureau of Standards 73B(2), 91–118, 1969. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.073B.010
  • E. Koutsoupias and C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case equilibria, STACS 1999, LNCS 1563, 404–413. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • T. Roughgarden, The price of anarchy is independent of the network topology, J. Computer and System Sciences 67(2), 341–364, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00044-8
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Quadratic and Semidefinite Programming Relaxations in Scheduling I: Randomized Rounding of the Convex Quadratic Relaxation (CQP′) Is Within 3/2 for R | | Σ wⱼCⱼResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling jobs on unrelated parallel machines to minimize the total weighted completion time, the problem written R ∣ ∣∑wjCjR\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jR∣∣∑wj​Cj​ in the three-field notation, is one of the basic NP-hard models of machine scheduling. Each job may take a different time on each machine, as when heterogeneous processors, plants or crews serve the same pool of tasks, and the objective rewards finishing important jobs early. For a single machine the problem is solved exactly by Smith's ratio rule (Smith, 1956). With several unrelated machines the problem is strongly NP-hard and the question is how close to the optimum a polynomial-time algorithm can come.

Timeline of the guarantees for R ∣ ∣∑wjCjR\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jR∣∣∑wj​Cj​:

  • Lenstra, Shmoys and Tardos (1990) gave an LP-based 2-approximation for the makespan on unrelated machines; their assignment variables aija_{ij}aij​ are the ones used here.
  • Hall, Schulz, Shmoys and Wein (1997) gave constant-factor approximations for ∑wjCj\sum w_jC_j∑wj​Cj​ on unrelated machines via time-indexed and interval-indexed LP relaxations.
  • Schulz and Skutella (conference version 1999, journal 2002) obtained 3/2+ε3/2+\varepsilon3/2+ε by randomized rounding of a time-indexed LP.
  • Skutella (J. ACM 2001), the paper of this mission, gave a convex quadratic relaxation in assignment variables alone and a 3/23/23/2-approximation by randomized rounding, with a short analysis.
  • Bansal, Srinivasan and Svensson (2016) improved 3/23/23/2 to 3/2−ε3/2-\varepsilon3/2−ε for a small constant ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0; later work lowered the constant further.

Setting

There are nnn jobs j∈Jj\in Jj∈J and mmm machines iii. Job jjj has a weight wj≥0w_j\ge 0wj​≥0 and a processing time pij>0p_{ij}>0pij​>0 on machine iii. A schedule assigns each job to one machine and orders the jobs on every machine; the completion time CjC_jCj​ of a job is the time at which it finishes when each machine works without idle time.

For a fixed assignment, Smith's ratio rule orders each machine optimally. Fix for each machine iii the total order j≺ikj\prec_i kj≺i​k iff wj/pij>wk/pikw_j/p_{ij}>w_k/p_{ik}wj​/pij​>wk​/pik​, ties broken by index. Under an assignment σ\sigmaσ the completion time of jjj is

Cj(σ)=pσ(j)j+∑k≺σ(j)j, σ(k)=σ(j)pσ(j)k,C_j(\sigma)=p_{\sigma(j)j}+\sum_{k\prec_{\sigma(j)}j,\ \sigma(k)=\sigma(j)}p_{\sigma(j)k},Cj​(σ)=pσ(j)j​+k≺σ(j)​j, σ(k)=σ(j)∑​pσ(j)k​,

and the problem is to minimize val(σ)=∑jwjCj(σ)\mathrm{val}(\sigma)=\sum_jw_jC_j(\sigma)val(σ)=∑j​wj​Cj​(σ) over all assignments.

With aij∈{0,1}a_{ij}\in\{0,1\}aij​∈{0,1} indicating that jjj runs on iii, the problem is the integer quadratic program (IQP) with objective

ZQP(a)=cTa+12aTDa,cij=wjpij,Z_{QP}(a)=c^Ta+\tfrac12a^TDa,\qquad c_{ij}=w_jp_{ij},ZQP​(a)=cTa+21​aTDa,cij​=wj​pij​,

where DDD is symmetric with entry wjpikw_jp_{ik}wj​pik​ at ((i,j),(i,k))((i,j),(i,k))((i,j),(i,k)) for k≺ijk\prec_ijk≺i​j and zero across machines and on the diagonal. Relaxing aij∈{0,1}a_{ij}\in\{0,1\}aij​∈{0,1} to a≥0a\ge 0a≥0 with ∑iaij=1\sum_ia_{ij}=1∑i​aij​=1 gives (QP). Raising the diagonal gives the convex program (CQP), with objective ZCQP(a)=12cTa+12aT(D+diag⁡(c))aZ_{CQP}(a)=\tfrac12c^Ta+\tfrac12a^T(D+\operatorname{diag}(c))aZCQP​(a)=21​cTa+21​aT(D+diag(c))a. Adding the lower bound cTac^TacTa gives (CQP′):

min⁡Zs.t.∑iaij=1,  a≥0,  Z≥ZCQP(a),  Z≥cTa.\min Z\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \textstyle\sum_ia_{ij}=1,\ \ a\ge 0,\ \ Z\ge Z_{CQP}(a),\ \ Z\ge c^Ta .minZs.t.∑i​aij​=1,  a≥0,  Z≥ZCQP​(a),  Z≥cTa.

Randomized rounding of a fractional aˉ\bar aaˉ sends job jjj to machine iii with probability aˉij\bar a_{ij}aˉij​, the choices being pairwise independent across jobs, and then orders every machine by ≺i\prec_i≺i​.

Formalization targets

Goal: (CQP′) is a relaxation, and rounding loses at most 3/2

For every instance with p>0p>0p>0, w≥0w\ge 0w≥0:

∀σ: (aσ, val(σ)) is feasible for (CQP′),\forall\sigma:\ (a^\sigma,\ \mathrm{val}(\sigma))\ \text{is feasible for (CQP′)},∀σ: (aσ, val(σ)) is feasible for (CQP′), ∀(aˉ,Z) feasible for (CQP′):E[∑jwjCj]≤32Z.\forall(\bar a,Z)\ \text{feasible for (CQP′)}:\quad \mathbb E\Bigl[\sum_jw_jC_j\Bigr]\le\tfrac32 Z .∀(aˉ,Z) feasible for (CQP′):E[j∑​wj​Cj​]≤23​Z.

The first part makes ZCQP′∗Z^*_{CQP'}ZCQP′∗​ a lower bound on the optimum. The second is Lemma 2.8. Together they are Corollary 2.9 and the value guarantee of the 3/23/23/2-approximation.

Milestones

In attack order:

  • Lemma 2.2: E[Cj]=∑i(Pr⁡[j↦i]pij+∑k≺ijPr⁡[j,k↦i]pik)\mathbb E[C_j]=\sum_i(\Pr[j\mapsto i]p_{ij}+\sum_{k\prec_ij}\Pr[j,k\mapsto i]p_{ik})E[Cj​]=∑i​(Pr[j↦i]pij​+∑k≺i​j​Pr[j,k↦i]pik​) for any random assignment.
  • Theorem 2.1: rounding a feasible aˉ\bar aaˉ has expected value exactly ZQP(aˉ)Z_{QP}(\bar a)ZQP​(aˉ).
  • Corollary 2.3: (IQP) and (QP) have the same optimum.
  • The positive semidefiniteness of D+diag⁡(c)D+\operatorname{diag}(c)D+diag(c) and Lemma 2.4: a↦(1−γ)cTa+12aT(D+2γdiag⁡(c))aa\mapsto(1-\gamma)c^Ta+\tfrac12a^T(D+2\gamma\operatorname{diag}(c))aa↦(1−γ)cTa+21​aT(D+2γdiag(c))a is convex for all instances iff γ≥12\gamma\ge\tfrac12γ≥21​.
  • The identity ZQP=ZCQP+12(cTa−aTdiag⁡(c)a)Z_{QP}=Z_{CQP}+\tfrac12(c^Ta-a^T\operatorname{diag}(c)a)ZQP​=ZCQP​+21​(cTa−aTdiag(c)a) and Theorem 2.6 a), the factor 222 for (CQP).
  • Lemma 2.8, the integrality step of Theorem 2.10, and Corollary 2.11, the bound (1+cTaˉ/(2Z))Z(1+c^T\bar a/(2Z))Z(1+cTaˉ/(2Z))Z.

Significance

The result gives a 3/23/23/2-approximation for R ∣ ∣∑wjCjR\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jR∣∣∑wj​Cj​ from a relaxation with only mnmnmn variables, without time indexing, so its size does not depend on the processing times. The same convexification, adapted to time slots, yields the factor 2 with release dates (§3 of the paper). The equality of Theorem 2.1 makes the analysis exact: the loss of rounding is exactly the gap between ZQPZ_{QP}ZQP​ and the convex objective. The relaxation also bounds the power of preemption (§4), and for identical machines it connects scheduling to Max-kkk-Cut (§6).

All these results are proved in the paper; none is known to be formalized. A formal development adds:

  • a checked model of Smith-sequenced assignment schedules;
  • the expectation calculus for pairwise independent rounding;
  • the positive-semidefiniteness argument of Lemma 2.4;
  • a precise statement of what the 3/23/23/2 guarantee says when complexity is set aside.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious approach.

Positive semidefiniteness. DDD alone is indefinite: two jobs with unit data give the block (0110)\left(\begin{smallmatrix}0&1\\1&0\end{smallmatrix}\right)(01​10​). Positive semidefiniteness of D+diag⁡(c)D+\operatorname{diag}(c)D+diag(c) holds only because the jobs on each machine are ordered by Smith's ratio. A generic matrix argument that ignores this ordering fails, and the "only if" half of Lemma 2.4 needs a specific family of instances.

Exact expectations under pairwise independence. Theorem 2.1 is an equality that uses only the one- and two-job marginals. A proof that silently assumes full independence of the choices proves a different statement. A proof that drops the product condition on pairs is false: with correlated choices the expected value differs from ZQPZ_{QP}ZQP​.

Formalization scope

Jobs and machines are Fin n and Fin m; vectors in Rmn\mathbb R^{mn}Rmn are functions on Fin m × Fin n and DDD is a Matrix over that type. The order ≺i\prec_i≺i​ is cross-multiplied (wjpik>wkpijw_jp_{ik}>w_kp_{ij}wj​pik​>wk​pij​, or equality and j<kj<kj<k), which equals the page's ratio definition because p>0p>0p>0.

Standing assumptions of p. 2 are hypotheses of every theorem: pij>0p_{ij}>0pij​>0 and wj≥0w_j\ge0wj​≥0. Hypotheses added relative to the page:

  • Corollary 2.11 assumes Z>0Z>0Z>0, which its fraction presupposes;
  • the integrality step of Theorem 2.10 assumes integral ppp and www, as the page's proof does.

Optimum. The scheduling optimum Z∗Z^*Z∗ is the minimum of val\mathrm{val}val over assignments, by Smith's rule (p. 7, cited by the paper, not reproved). "Within a factor α\alphaα of the optimum" is stated as a bound against the value of every assignment, so no optimum is presupposed.

Rounding. Randomized rounding is any nonnegative weight μ\muμ of total mass 1 on assignments, with Pr⁡μ[j↦i]=aˉij\Pr_\mu[j\mapsto i]=\bar a_{ij}Prμ​[j↦i]=aˉij​ and Pr⁡μ[j↦i, k↦h]=aˉijaˉhk\Pr_\mu[j\mapsto i,\,k\mapsto h]=\bar a_{ij}\bar a_{hk}Prμ​[j↦i,k↦h]=aˉij​aˉhk​ for j≠kj\ne kj=k. The product weight satisfies this.

Not formalized. Polynomial running time, solvability of (CQP′) within additive error ε\varepsilonε (ellipsoid method), and derandomization by conditional probabilities. Theorem 2.10 is formalized as the existence of an outcome in the support of the rounding with the 3/23/23/2 guarantee.

Trivializing formalization ruled out. A bound E≤32Z\mathbb E\le\tfrac32ZE≤23​Z for an arbitrary number ZZZ says nothing about schedules. The goal therefore also states that every schedule is feasible for (CQP′) at its own value, so ZZZ is a genuine lower bound on the optimum.

Contributions welcome. A complete development needs:

  • linearity of expectation over a finite weight on assignments;
  • the computation of Lemma 2.2;
  • a positive-semidefiniteness criterion via principal minors or a direct sum-of-squares decomposition of aT(D+diag⁡(c))aa^T(D+\operatorname{diag}(c))aaT(D+diag(c))a;
  • convexity of quadratic forms with PSD matrices.

The rounding calculus and the PSD lemma are reusable for §§3–4 of the same paper. Alternative proofs of Lemma 2.4 are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Skutella, Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling, Journal of the ACM 48(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375840
  • W. E. Smith, Various optimizers for single-stage production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
  • J. K. Lenstra, D. B. Shmoys, É. Tardos, Approximation algorithms for scheduling unrelated parallel machines, Mathematical Programming 46, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01585745
  • L. A. Hall, A. S. Schulz, D. B. Shmoys, J. Wein, Scheduling to minimize average completion time: off-line and on-line approximation algorithms, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(3), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.3.513
  • A. S. Schulz, M. Skutella, Scheduling unrelated machines by randomized rounding, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 15(4), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199357078
  • N. Bansal, A. Srinivasan, O. Svensson, Lift-and-round to improve weighted completion time on unrelated machines, STOC 2016. https://doi.org/10.1145/2897518.2897572
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Combinatorial Algorithm Minimizing Submodular Functions in Strongly Polynomial Time I: Schrijver's Algorithm Returns a Minimizer of f After at Most |V|⁶ IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing a submodular set function is one of the central tractable problems of combinatorial optimization. Minimum cuts in graphs and hypergraphs, matroid intersection and partition, the rank of a matroid union, and many problems in facility location, image segmentation and machine learning are special cases or subroutines of it. The question is algorithmic: given only a value oracle for fff, find a set UUU with f(U)=min⁡Wf(W)f(U) = \min_W f(W)f(U)=minW​f(W) using a number of operations bounded by a polynomial in ∣V∣|V|∣V∣ alone, independent of the size of the values of fff (strongly polynomial).

Timeline.

  • 1981. Grötschel, Lovász and Schrijver showed with the ellipsoid method that submodular functions can be minimized in strongly polynomial time (Combinatorica 1, 1981). The method is not combinatorial.
  • 1985. Cunningham gave a combinatorial pseudo-polynomial algorithm for submodular function minimization (Combinatorica 5, 1985).
  • 1999–2000. Two combinatorial strongly polynomial algorithms appeared independently: Iwata, Fleischer and Fujishige (J. ACM 48, 2001), and Schrijver, the paper of this mission (J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 80, 2000).

Schrijver's algorithm is the one usually taught. Its proof uses only the greedy vectors of fff, a reachability digraph and a lexicographic potential.

Setting

Let V={1,…,n}V = \{1,\dots,n\}V={1,…,n} and let fff be a real function on all subsets of VVV that is submodular:

f(Y)+f(Z)≥f(Y∩Z)+f(Y∪Z)(Y,Z⊆V),f(Y) + f(Z) \ge f(Y\cap Z) + f(Y\cup Z) \qquad (Y, Z \subseteq V),f(Y)+f(Z)≥f(Y∩Z)+f(Y∪Z)(Y,Z⊆V),

normalized so that f(∅)=0f(\emptyset)=0f(∅)=0. For x∈RVx \in \mathbb R^Vx∈RV and U⊆VU \subseteq VU⊆V write x(U)=∑v∈Ux(v)x(U) = \sum_{v\in U} x(v)x(U)=∑v∈U​x(v). The base polytope is Bf={x∈RV:x(U)≤f(U) ∀U, x(V)=f(V)}B_f = \{x \in \mathbb R^V : x(U) \le f(U)\ \forall U,\ x(V) = f(V)\}Bf​={x∈RV:x(U)≤f(U) ∀U, x(V)=f(V)}.

For a total order ≺\prec≺ on VVV let v≺={u:u≺v}v_\prec = \{u : u \prec v\}v≺​={u:u≺v}. The greedy vector of ≺\prec≺ is h≺(v)=f(v≺∪{v})−f(v≺)h^\prec(v) = f(v_\prec\cup\{v\}) - f(v_\prec)h≺(v)=f(v≺​∪{v})−f(v≺​). A lower ideal of ≺\prec≺ is a set closed under taking ≺\prec≺-smaller elements. The interval (s,t]≺(s,t]_\prec(s,t]≺​ is {v:s≺v⪯t}\{v : s \prec v \preceq t\}{v:s≺v⪯t}. For s≺us \prec us≺u, the order ≺s,u\prec^{s,u}≺s,u is obtained from ≺\prec≺ by moving uuu to the position just before sss. The vector χu\chi^uχu is the incidence vector of uuu.

The algorithm keeps a point x=λ1h≺1+⋯+λkh≺kx = \lambda_1 h^{\prec_1} + \dots + \lambda_k h^{\prec_k}x=λ1​h≺1​+⋯+λk​h≺k​ with λi>0\lambda_i > 0λi​>0 and ∑iλi=1\sum_i \lambda_i = 1∑i​λi​=1; initially x=h≺x = h^\precx=h≺ for an arbitrary order. It forms the digraph D=(V,A)D = (V, A)D=(V,A), where A={(u,v):u≺iv for some i}A = \{(u,v) : u \prec_i v \text{ for some } i\}A={(u,v):u≺i​v for some i}, and the sets P={x>0}P = \{x > 0\}P={x>0} and N={x<0}N = \{x < 0\}N={x<0}.

  • Case 1: DDD has no path from PPP to NNN. The algorithm returns the set UUU of vertices that can reach NNN.
  • Case 2: there is such a path. Let d(v)d(v)d(v) be the distance from PPP to vvv in DDD. The algorithm picks t∈Nt \in Nt∈N maximizing (d(t),t)(d(t), t)(d(t),t), then the largest sss with (s,t)∈A(s,t)\in A(s,t)∈A and d(s)=d(t)−1d(s) = d(t)-1d(s)=d(t)−1, then an order ≺1\prec_1≺1​ maximizing ∣(s,t]≺1∣|(s,t]_{\prec_1}|∣(s,t]≺1​​∣.
    • It finds δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 with h≺1+δ(χt−χs)h^{\prec_1} + \delta(\chi^t - \chi^s)h≺1​+δ(χt−χs) a convex combination of the h≺1s,uh^{\prec_1^{s,u}}h≺1s,u​, u∈(s,t]≺1u \in (s,t]_{\prec_1}u∈(s,t]≺1​​.
    • It moves xxx toward y=x+λ1δ(χt−χs)y = x + \lambda_1\delta(\chi^t-\chi^s)y=x+λ1​δ(χt−χs) as far as x(t)≤0x(t) \le 0x(t)≤0 allows.
    • It reduces the new convex decomposition to at most ∣V∣|V|∣V∣ terms, dropping ≺1\prec_1≺1​ if x′(t)<0x'(t) < 0x′(t)<0.

Formalization targets

Goal: correctness, well-definedness and the iteration bound

For every submodular fff with f(∅)=0f(\emptyset)=0f(∅)=0:

(i) in Case 1, f(U)≤f(W) ∀W⊆V;(ii) every Case 2 state has a successor;(iii) every run has m≤∣V∣6 iterations.\text{(i) in Case 1, } f(U) \le f(W)\ \forall W \subseteq V;\quad \text{(ii) every Case 2 state has a successor};\quad \text{(iii) every run has } m \le |V|^6 \text{ iterations}.(i) in Case 1, f(U)≤f(W) ∀W⊆V;(ii) every Case 2 state has a successor;(iii) every run has m≤∣V∣6 iterations.

Part (iii) is the opening claim of §5 (p. 352), and part (i) is display (16) (p. 351). Part (ii) states that the description of §4 can always be carried out, and it keeps (iii) from holding vacuously.

Milestones

In order: the diminishing-returns inequality (9); h≺(U)=f(U)h^\prec(U) = f(U)h≺(U)=f(U) on lower ideals and h≺∈Bfh^\prec \in B_fh≺∈Bf​ (§2); the comparison (8) of h≺s,uh^{\prec^{s,u}}h≺s,u with h≺h^\prech≺; the subroutine (12); the Case 1 certificate (16); existence of a Case 2 iteration (§4, p. 352); the location (22) of new arcs; monotonicity (20) of distances; and the lexicographic decrease (21) of (d(t),t,s,α,β)(d(t), t, s, \alpha, \beta)(d(t),t,s,α,β) while ddd stays fixed.

Significance

The result. The theorem gives a submodular minimizer after a number of iterations bounded by a polynomial in ∣V∣|V|∣V∣. Each iteration makes polynomially many oracle calls and arithmetic operations, so the algorithm is strongly polynomial. The same exchange-and-potential scheme underlies later improvements (Fleischer–Iwata's push-relabel variant, Iwata–Orlin, Orlin's O(n5)O(n^5)O(n5) bound). Section 6 of the paper, the companion mission, transfers the result to submodular functions on ring families.

Formalizing it. The result is proved and has been in textbooks for twenty years. It has no machine-checked proof that we know of, in Lean or elsewhere, and Mathlib has no submodular minimization. A complete development yields a verified correctness and termination proof for a nontrivial combinatorial algorithm on the base polytope. It also yields reusable facts about greedy vectors and lower ideals, and a worked example of a lexicographic-potential termination argument.

Difficulty

Correctness (16) is short once h≺(U)=f(U)h^\prec(U) = f(U)h≺(U)=f(U) on lower ideals is available. The difficulty is termination. A single iteration can increase xxx at ttt and decrease it at sss, and it adds new orders and so new arcs. Neither ∣N∣|N|∣N∣ nor x(N)x(N)x(N) need improve monotonically, and the obvious potentials fail. The argument needs the precise structure of the new arcs (22): every new arc lies inside the interval [s,t][s,t][s,t] of ≺1\prec_1≺1​, and that gives both the monotonicity of distances (20) and the strict lexicographic decrease (21). The choice rule for ttt and sss ("largest") is what makes (21) hold. An arbitrary choice can cycle. Well-definedness also takes work: it combines (12) with a Carathéodory reduction over the hyperplane x(V)=f(V)x(V) = f(V)x(V)=f(V).

Formalization scope

  • Ground set and values. VVV is Fin n and subsets are Finset (Fin n). Values are real; the paper allows any ordered field. "Largest" in the choice of ttt and sss is the order of Fin n.
  • Orders and states. A total order is a permutation σ\sigmaσ read as a position map: u≺vu \prec vu≺v iff σ(u)<σ(v)\sigma(u) < \sigma(v)σ(u)<σ(v). The order ≺s,u\prec^{s,u}≺s,u is characterized relationally (IsMoved). A state is a list of (order, weight) pairs.
  • Distances. Distances take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, with ∞\infty∞ for unreachable vertices.
  • Standing assumptions. Submodularity (the platform definition NonmonotoneSubmod.Shared.Submodular) and f(∅)=0f(\emptyset) = 0f(∅)=0 are the paper's standing assumptions of §2 and §4. Milestones that do not need f(∅)=0f(\emptyset)=0f(∅)=0 omit it.
  • Iterations as a relation. An iteration is a relation Step that admits every choice the paper leaves open: any subroutine output δ\deltaδ, any maximizing index, and any Carathéodory reduction. The reduced decomposition may only use orders ≺i\prec_i≺i​ (i≠1i \ne 1i=1), each ≺1s,u\prec_1^{s,u}≺1s,u​ at most once, and ≺1\prec_1≺1​ only when x′(t)=0x'(t) = 0x′(t)=0.
  • Not formalized. The value oracle, "strongly polynomial time" and the number of oracle calls are not formalized, because there is no machine model. Only the iteration count is.
  • No trivial reading. A Step relation that is never satisfiable would make the bound vacuous. Part (ii) of the goal rules this out, and the goal does not mention ddd, α\alphaα, β\betaβ or the matrix of §3.
  • Contributions welcome. Proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on greedy vectors and lower ideals (reusable for any base-polytope development), and a Carathéodory lemma for convex combinations in an affine hyperplane.

Selected references

  • A. Schrijver, A combinatorial algorithm minimizing submodular functions in strongly polynomial time, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 80 (2000) 346–355. https://doi.org/10.1006/jctb.2000.1989
  • S. Iwata, L. Fleischer, S. Fujishige, A combinatorial strongly polynomial algorithm for minimizing submodular functions, J. ACM 48 (2001) 761–777. https://doi.org/10.1145/502090.502096
  • M. Grötschel, L. Lovász, A. Schrijver, The ellipsoid method and its consequences in combinatorial optimization, Combinatorica 1 (1981) 169–197. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579273
  • W. H. Cunningham, On submodular function minimization, Combinatorica 5 (1985) 185–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579361
  • J. B. Orlin, A faster strongly polynomial time algorithm for submodular function minimization, Math. Program. 118 (2009) 237–251. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0189-2
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Complexity TheoryOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Quadratic and Semidefinite Programming Relaxations in Scheduling V: 3-Occurrence Max3Sat L-Reduces to R | rⱼ | Σ Cⱼ with Constants 32 and 1Research Paper

Motivation

The scheduling problem R ∣ rj ∣∑CjR\,|\,r_j\,|\sum C_jR∣rj​∣∑Cj​ asks for a nonpreemptive schedule of jobs on unrelated parallel machines, each job with a machine-dependent processing time and a release date, so that the total completion time is minimal. It is NP-hard, and the question that remains is how well it can be approximated in polynomial time. Positive results include the 2-approximation of Skutella (J. ACM 2001), based on a convex quadratic relaxation. This mission covers the negative side, from §7 of the same paper: the problem has no polynomial-time approximation scheme unless P = NP.

The standard route to such a statement is an L-reduction (Papadimitriou and Yannakakis 1991) from a problem already known to be MaxSNP-hard. MaxSNP-hard problems have no approximation scheme unless P = NP, by the PCP theorem (Arora et al. 1998).

Timeline.

  • 1991: Papadimitriou and Yannakakis define MaxSNP and L-reductions, and show that MAX3SAT with a bounded number of occurrences per variable is MaxSNP-complete.
  • 1998: Hoogeveen, Schuurman and Woeginger prove that R ∣ ∣∑wjCjR\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jR∣∣∑wj​Cj​ and R ∣ rj ∣∑CjR\,|\,r_j\,|\sum C_jR∣rj​∣∑Cj​ are MaxSNP-hard, by a reduction from a MaxSNP-hard variant of 3-dimensional matching.
  • 2001: Skutella (§7, pp. 32–33) gives a shorter reduction from 3-OCCURRENCE MAX3SAT, the variant of MAX3SAT in which every variable occurs at most three times (MaxSNP-hard, see Ausiello et al. 1999, Corollary 8.15).

Setting

An instance III of 3-OCCURRENCE MAX3SAT has nnn variables and mmm clauses. Each clause is a set of one to three literals (a variable xxx or its negation ¬x\neg x¬x), and each variable occurs at most three times in total. A truth assignment ttt gives each variable the value true or false and satisfies a clause when one of the clause's literals is true. #(t)\#(t)#(t) denotes the number of satisfied clauses, and OPTSAT(I)=max⁡t#(t)\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I)=\max_t \#(t)OPTSAT​(I)=maxt​#(t).

The scheduling instance R(I)R(I)R(I) has n+mn+mn+m jobs and 2n2n2n machines.

  • Every variable xxx has a true machine and a false machine, and one v-job. The v-job is released at time 000, has processing time 444 on the two machines of xxx, and cannot run anywhere else.
  • Every clause ccc has one c-job, released at time 333, with processing time 000. It may run on the false machine of xxx when xxx occurs in ccc, on the true machine of xxx when ¬x\neg x¬x occurs in ccc, and nowhere else.

A schedule SSS gives every job jjj a machine and a start time Sj≥rjS_j\ge r_jSj​≥rj​, with no two jobs on one machine overlapping. Its value is the total completion time VAL(S)=∑j(Sj+pj)\mathrm{VAL}(S)=\sum_j (S_j+p_j)VAL(S)=∑j​(Sj​+pj​). The truth assignment SAT(S)\mathrm{SAT}(S)SAT(S) sets xxx true exactly when the v-job of xxx runs on the true machine. OPTSCH(R(I))\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SCH}}(R(I))OPTSCH​(R(I)) is the minimum of VAL\mathrm{VAL}VAL over feasible schedules.

Formalization targets

Goal: the L-reduction inequalities (Lemma 7.1 b) and the proof of Theorem 7.2, p. 33)

R(I)R(I)R(I) has an optimal schedule S0S_0S0​, and

VAL(S0)=4n+4m−OPTSAT(I)≤32 OPTSAT(I),OPTSAT(I)−#(SAT(S))≤VAL(S)−VAL(S0)\mathrm{VAL}(S_0)=4n+4m-\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I)\le 32\,\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I),\qquad \mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I)-\#(\mathrm{SAT}(S))\le\mathrm{VAL}(S)-\mathrm{VAL}(S_0)VAL(S0​)=4n+4m−OPTSAT​(I)≤32OPTSAT​(I),OPTSAT​(I)−#(SAT(S))≤VAL(S)−VAL(S0​)

for every feasible schedule SSS. These are the two conditions of an L-reduction, with constants α=32\alpha=32α=32 and β=1\beta=1β=1.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7.1 a) (p. 32): #(SAT(S))≥4n+4m−VAL(S)\#(\mathrm{SAT}(S))\ge 4n+4m-\mathrm{VAL}(S)#(SAT(S))≥4n+4m−VAL(S) for every feasible SSS.
  2. Lemma 7.1 b) (p. 33): OPTSCH(R(I))=4n+4m−OPTSAT(I)\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SCH}}(R(I))=4n+4m-\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I)OPTSCH​(R(I))=4n+4m−OPTSAT​(I).
  3. The two counting facts of the proof of Theorem 7.2: OPTSAT(I)≥m/2\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I)\ge m/2OPTSAT​(I)≥m/2 and n≤3mn\le 3mn≤3m.
  4. The first L-reduction condition: OPTSCH(R(I))≤12m+4m≤32 OPTSAT(I)\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SCH}}(R(I))\le 12m+4m\le 32\,\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I)OPTSCH​(R(I))≤12m+4m≤32OPTSAT​(I).
  5. The second L-reduction condition: OPTSAT(I)−#(SAT(S))≤VAL(S)−OPTSCH(R(I))\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}(I)-\#(\mathrm{SAT}(S))\le\mathrm{VAL}(S)-\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SCH}}(R(I))OPTSAT​(I)−#(SAT(S))≤VAL(S)−OPTSCH​(R(I)).

Significance

The result. The two inequalities are what an L-reduction requires. Combined with the MaxSNP-hardness of 3-OCCURRENCE MAX3SAT, they show that R ∣ rj ∣∑CjR\,|\,r_j\,|\sum C_jR∣rj​∣∑Cj​ is MaxSNP-hard (Theorem 7.2, due to Hoogeveen, Schuurman and Woeginger), and therefore has no polynomial-time approximation scheme unless P = NP. Together with the constant-factor algorithms of the earlier sections of the paper, this places the problem in APX but outside PTAS. The identity of Lemma 7.1 b) is exact, so the reduction transfers solutions in both directions with no loss beyond the affine shift k↦4n+4m−kk\mapsto 4n+4m-kk↦4n+4m−k.

Formalizing it. The result is proved, on paper, by both the 1998 and the 2001 reductions. As far as the platform's corpus shows, neither is machine-checked. This mission produces a checked version of the combinatorial core of Skutella's reduction: the exact relation between optimal schedules of R(I)R(I)R(I) and optimal truth assignments of III, and the two L-reduction constants. A Lean model of 3-OCCURRENCE MAX3SAT and of nonpreemptive schedules with release dates and machine eligibility is a by-product.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is the paper's intuition: given a truth assignment, a c-job can start at time 333 without conflicting with a v-job exactly when its clause is satisfied. That is not enough for Lemma 7.1 a), which concerns every feasible schedule. In an arbitrary schedule a v-job may be delayed so that c-jobs of unsatisfied clauses run before it on its machine, and v-jobs and c-jobs may start at arbitrary real times. To compare such a schedule with a normalized one, its total completion time has to be bounded from below by 4n+4m−#(SAT(S))4n+4m-\#(\mathrm{SAT}(S))4n+4m−#(SAT(S)). The bound depends on the occurrence limit of three, which caps how many c-jobs can share a machine with a given v-job; without that limit Lemma 7.1 a) is false. Lemma 7.1 b) also needs the existence of an optimal schedule, which the paper takes for granted.

Formalization scope

Variables and clauses are Fin n and Fin m; here nnn and mmm count variables and clauses, not jobs and machines as in the rest of the paper. A literal is a pair (x, b) with b = true for xxx and b = false for ¬x\neg x¬x, and a clause is a Finset of literals. Jobs are Fin n ⊕ Fin m and machines Fin n × Bool. Infinite processing times are encoded by an eligibility relation. Start times are real numbers, and VAL\mathrm{VAL}VAL is a real number; #\## and OPTSAT\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}OPTSAT​ are natural numbers cast to the reals, so no natural-number subtraction occurs. OPTSCH\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SCH}}OPTSCH​ is never a primitive: statements assert, or assume, a feasible schedule that is no worse than every feasible schedule.

Two conventions are fixed that the page leaves implicit:

  • Every clause has between one and three literals. An empty clause would leave its c-job with no machine, so R(I)R(I)R(I) would have no schedule, and "at least m/2m/2m/2" would fail.
  • Every variable occurs at least once. The bound n≤3mn\le 3mn≤3m, and with it the constant 323232, needs this: a variable that occurs nowhere adds 444 to OPTSCH\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SCH}}OPTSCH​ and nothing to OPTSAT\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{SAT}}OPTSAT​.

Zero-length jobs need a precise non-overlap rule. Two distinct jobs on one machine must satisfy Sj+pj≤SkS_j+p_j\le S_kSj​+pj​≤Sk​ or Sk+pk≤SjS_k+p_k\le S_jSk​+pk​≤Sj​. Under this rule a c-job at time 333 conflicts with a v-job running over [0,4)[0,4)[0,4), but several c-jobs may share a start time. Reading jobs as half-open intervals [Sj,Sj+pj)[S_j,S_j+p_j)[Sj​,Sj​+pj​) would let a zero-length c-job sit inside a v-job, so every clause would count as satisfied: that formalization is ruled out.

Not formalized: MaxSNP, MaxSNP-hardness and Theorem 7.2's statement itself; the definition of an L-reduction as a pair of polynomial-time maps; the polynomial running time of RRR and SAT\mathrm{SAT}SAT; the weighted variant for R ∣ ∣∑wjCjR\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jR∣∣∑wj​Cj​ in the last paragraph of §7, which the paper does not prove. Contributions are welcome on the counting facts, on a normal form for schedules of R(I)R(I)R(I) (v-jobs at time 000, c-jobs at time 333 or 444), and on the existence of optimal schedules.

Selected references

  • M. Skutella, Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling, J. ACM 48(2), 206–242, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375840
  • J. A. Hoogeveen, P. Schuurman, G. J. Woeginger, Non-approximability results for scheduling problems with minsum criteria, IPCO 1998, LNCS 1412, 353–366. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-69346-7_27
  • C. H. Papadimitriou, M. Yannakakis, Optimization, approximation, and complexity classes, J. Comput. System Sci. 43(3), 425–440, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(91)90023-X
  • G. Ausiello, P. Crescenzi, G. Gambosi, V. Kann, A. Marchetti-Spaccamela, M. Protasi, Complexity and Approximation, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-58412-1
  • S. Arora, C. Lund, R. Motwani, M. Sudan, M. Szegedy, Proof verification and the hardness of approximation problems, J. ACM 45(3), 501–555, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1145/278298.278306
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming 2: If Every Step Lowers the Potential φ by δ > 0, Then After k ≥ (ν√n log(1/ε) + ψ(x⁽⁰⁾, Z⁽⁰⁾))/δ Steps the Duality Gap Is at Most ε Times Its Initial ValueResearch Paper

Motivation

Semidefinite programs optimize a linear objective while requiring an affine matrix to be positive semidefinite. They include familiar linear and quadratic optimization models and arise in engineering and combinatorial optimization. Vandenberghe and Boyd's survey develops their duality theory and describes interior point methods that work with primal and dual matrices simultaneously. The question in this mission is quantitative: if a method lowers a particular potential by a fixed amount at each step, how quickly does its primal-dual objective gap shrink? Vandenberghe and Boyd, pp. 49, 76–77.

The paper uses the potential to combine two kinds of progress. One term records the size of the duality gap; another records how far the current matrices are from a central pair. Decreasing the gap alone does not ensure the matrices remain well positioned for the next step, so the potential accounts for both quantities. Theorem 5.1 turns a per-step decrease in this scalar into an explicit bound on the gap after kkk steps. The theorem concerns any sequence meeting that decrease condition; it does not prescribe a particular search direction or step-selection algorithm. Vandenberghe and Boyd, pp. 76–77.

Setting

Fix a vector c∈Rmc\in\mathbb R^mc∈Rm and symmetric real n×nn\times nn×n matrices F0,F1,…,FmF_0,F_1,\ldots,F_mF0​,F1​,…,Fm​. For x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm, define the affine matrix

F(x)=F0+∑i=1mxiFi.F(x)=F_0+\sum_{i=1}^{m}x_iF_i.F(x)=F0​+i=1∑m​xi​Fi​.

The primal problem minimizes cTxc^TxcTx subject to F(x)⪰0F(x)\succeq0F(x)⪰0. A dual-feasible matrix ZZZ satisfies Z⪰0Z\succeq0Z⪰0 and Tr⁡(FiZ)=ci\operatorname{Tr}(F_iZ)=c_iTr(Fi​Z)=ci​ for every i=1,…,mi=1,\ldots,mi=1,…,m. Here ⪰0\succeq0⪰0 means positive semidefinite; ≻0\succ0≻0 means positive definite. The pair (x,Z)(x,Z)(x,Z) is strictly feasible if both F(x)≻0F(x)\succ0F(x)≻0 and Z≻0Z\succ0Z≻0, with the dual equations still satisfied. Section 4 also assumes that F1,…,FmF_1,\ldots,F_mF1​,…,Fm​ are linearly independent. Vandenberghe and Boyd, pp. 49, 63, 70.

For a feasible pair, the duality gap is the difference between the primal objective cTxc^TxcTx and the dual objective −Tr⁡(F0Z)-\operatorname{Tr}(F_0Z)−Tr(F0​Z). Equation (32) identifies it as

η=cTx+Tr⁡(F0Z)=Tr⁡(F(x)Z).\eta=c^Tx+\operatorname{Tr}(F_0Z)=\operatorname{Tr}(F(x)Z).η=cTx+Tr(F0​Z)=Tr(F(x)Z).

For a strictly feasible pair, define the deviation from centrality and the potential by

ψ(x,Z)=−log⁡det⁡(F(x)Z)+nlog⁡η−nlog⁡n,\psi(x,Z)=-\log\det(F(x)Z)+n\log\eta-n\log n,ψ(x,Z)=−logdet(F(x)Z)+nlogη−nlogn, φ(x,Z)=νn log⁡η+ψ(x,Z),ν≥1.\varphi(x,Z)=\nu\sqrt n\,\log\eta+\psi(x,Z),\qquad \nu\ge1.φ(x,Z)=νn​logη+ψ(x,Z),ν≥1.

The logarithm is natural. The matrix size nnn determines the n\sqrt nn​ factor; it is distinct from the number mmm of decision variables. These are the explicit formulas on p. 76, where the paper also expresses ψ\psiψ through a central pair. Vandenberghe and Boyd, pp. 64, 75–76.

Formalization targets

The first milestones establish the gap identity, the expanded determinant formula for φ\varphiφ, and nonnegativity of ψ\psiψ with its stated equality condition. The final milestone bounds the gap by the potential:

η≤exp⁡ ⁣(φ(x,Z)νn).\eta\le\exp\!\left(\frac{\varphi(x,Z)}{\nu\sqrt n}\right).η≤exp(νn​φ(x,Z)​).

For the goal, let (x(j),Z(j))(x^{(j)},Z^{(j)})(x(j),Z(j)), j=0,…,kj=0,\ldots,kj=0,…,k, be strictly feasible pairs and suppose a fixed δ>0\delta>0δ>0 gives the decrease stated in equation (56) at every step j<kj<kj<k:

φ(x(j+1),Z(j+1))≤φ(x(j),Z(j))−δ.\varphi(x^{(j+1)},Z^{(j+1)})\le\varphi(x^{(j)},Z^{(j)})-\delta.φ(x(j+1),Z(j+1))≤φ(x(j),Z(j))−δ.

The goal theorem, Theorem 5.1, says that for 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1 and

k≥νnlog⁡(1/ε)+ψ(x(0),Z(0))δ,k\ge\frac{\nu\sqrt n\log(1/\varepsilon)+\psi(x^{(0)},Z^{(0)})}{\delta},k≥δνn​log(1/ε)+ψ(x(0),Z(0))​,

one has the boundary-correct gap estimate

Tr⁡(F(x(k))Z(k))≤εTr⁡(F(x(0))Z(0)).\operatorname{Tr}(F(x^{(k)})Z^{(k)})\le\varepsilon\operatorname{Tr}(F(x^{(0)})Z^{(0)}).Tr(F(x(k))Z(k))≤εTr(F(x(0))Z(0)).

The paper prints a strict inequality in the last display. Its stated non-strict threshold permits equality, as explained under Formalization scope. Vandenberghe and Boyd, p. 77, (56) and Theorem 5.1.

Significance

The theorem converts a local numerical guarantee into a global bound on an optimization certificate. Because the gap is the difference between primal and dual objectives, shrinking it gives a quantitative measure of progress toward optimality for every strictly feasible iterate. The expression records the dependence on matrix size, desired relative gap, starting deviation, and guaranteed potential decrease. It leaves the mechanism that achieves the decrease open, so different potential reduction methods can use the same conclusion. Vandenberghe and Boyd, pp. 64, 76–77.

The target here is a machine-checked statement and proof of this known 1996 result, together with its four supporting facts. The draft declarations compile as statements; their proofs remain open. A complete development would make the determinant, trace, positive-definiteness, and sequence reasoning reusable for other matrix optimization arguments. It would also record the boundary correction precisely rather than carrying forward a strict sign that fails at equality.

Difficulty

The substantive matrix claim is ψ(x,Z)≥0\psi(x,Z)\ge0ψ(x,Z)≥0. The product F(x)ZF(x)ZF(x)Z need not be symmetric, even though both factors are positive definite, so directly applying a result about symmetric matrix eigenvalues to the product is not automatic. The nonnegativity and its equality case must respect the positivity and determinant conventions used by the explicit formula. The later exponential bound and iteration statement depend on those facts and on keeping each logarithm in its positive domain. Vandenberghe and Boyd, p. 76.

Formalization scope

Lean uses Fin m for the mmm variable matrices, indexed from zero, with F0F_0F0​ as a separate argument; Fin n indexes matrix rows and columns. Matrix.IsHermitian represents real symmetry. Matrix.PosSemidef and Matrix.PosDef represent the paper's matrix inequalities ⪰0\succeq0⪰0 and ≻0\succ0≻0, including symmetry. The matrix size satisfies n≥1n\ge1n≥1. Traces, determinants, natural logarithms, and n\sqrt nn​ are the corresponding Mathlib operations. All statements involving ψ\psiψ or φ\varphiφ require strict feasibility, so the real logarithm's default value on nonpositive inputs cannot decide a theorem. The paper's linearly independent F1,…,FmF_1,\ldots,F_mF1​,…,Fm​ are an explicit hypothesis on the Section 4 and 5 statements. Vandenberghe and Boyd, pp. 49, 70, 76–77.

The definition of ψ\psiψ uses the explicit second formula on p. 76. The central pair in the preceding formula is not represented; its existence is introduced on p. 75 without a proof there. The p. 76 prose describes ψ≥0\psi\ge0ψ≥0 for feasible pairs, but its finite real logarithmic formula and the potential reduction iterates use strictly feasible pairs. The milestone states that domain explicitly. In Theorem 5.1 strict feasibility is assumed for the iterates j=0,…,kj=0,\ldots,kj=0,…,k and equation (56) for the steps j<kj<kj<k only, so the statement covers a method that stops after kkk steps. The fixed δ\deltaδ is positive, and ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 and 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1 are explicit.

The paper's strict conclusion is false at its own inclusive threshold. Take m=n=1m=n=1m=n=1, F0=0F_0=0F0​=0, F1=c=Z(j)=1F_1=c=Z^{(j)}=1F1​=c=Z(j)=1, x(j)=e−jx^{(j)}=e^{-j}x(j)=e−j, ν=δ=1\nu=\delta=1ν=δ=1, and ε=e−1\varepsilon=e^{-1}ε=e−1. Then ψ=0\psi=0ψ=0, each decrease is exactly one, and at k=1k=1k=1 the gap equals ε\varepsilonε times its initial value. The goal therefore uses ≤\le≤, the strongest statement valid at the printed threshold. This correction is recorded in the theorem's description and moderation notes. Vandenberghe and Boyd, p. 77, Theorem 5.1.

A complete proof needs Mathlib's matrix order, determinant and trace identities, logarithm and exponential facts, and an arithmetic-geometric mean statement for positive eigenvalues. Matrix lemmas and the deviation inequality are welcome contributions alongside the final sequence bound. The definitions preserve the paper's full potential and feasible domain; replacing ψ\psiψ by zero or dropping the n\sqrt nn​ factor would change the target.

Selected references

  • Lieven Vandenberghe and Stephen Boyd, Semidefinite Programming, SIAM Review 38(1), 49–95, 1996. DOI: 10.1137/1038003.
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Potential Games 3: A Finite Game Has the Finite Improvement Property If and Only If It Has a Generalized Ordinal PotentialResearch Paper

Motivation

In a strategic game, players may repeatedly change their own choices when a change raises their payoff. This gives a simple model of decentralized adjustment: each move uses the current profile and one player's immediate incentive. The central question is whether such adjustment can continue forever. Monderer and Shapley introduced the finite improvement property (FIP) to state that every sequence of strict unilateral improvements ends. Their 1996 paper, pp. 128–130, relates that dynamic property to a real-valued function on the game's strategy profiles.

An ordinal potential records each player's strict preference between two of their strategies when the other players' strategies are fixed. Such a function is useful because it assigns one common direction to the players' individual choices. The paper gives a two-player game G1G_1G1​ that has the FIP but no ordinal potential, then introduces a weaker, generalized ordinal potential and proves that it captures exactly the finite games with the FIP (Monderer and Shapley, pp. 129–130). This mission isolates that characterization from the paper's other results about exact potentials and congestion games.

Setting

Let NNN be a finite set of players. Player i∈Ni\in Ni∈N has a strategy set YiY^iYi, and a strategy profile y∈Y=∏i∈NYiy\in Y=\prod_{i\in N}Y^iy∈Y=∏i∈N​Yi selects one strategy for each player. The payoff function ui:Y→Ru^i:Y\to\mathbb Rui:Y→R gives player iii's payoff at a profile. Write (y−i,x)(y^{-i},x)(y−i,x) for the profile obtained by replacing player iii's strategy in yyy by x∈Yix\in Y^ix∈Yi. A finite game has finite YiY^iYi for every player. These are the paper's conventions at the start of §2 (p. 127).

A path is a sequence of profiles in which each step changes exactly one player's strategy to a different strategy. It is an improvement path when the moving player strictly increases their payoff at every step. The game has the FIP if no infinite improvement path exists. Thus the property concerns paths of any length and every allowed choice of deviator, rather than the behavior of one selected update rule (p. 128).

An ordinal potential P:Y→RP:Y\to\mathbb RP:Y→R satisfies

ui(y−i,x)>ui(y−i,z)⟺P(y−i,x)>P(y−i,z)u^i(y^{-i},x)>u^i(y^{-i},z)\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad P(y^{-i},x)>P(y^{-i},z)ui(y−i,x)>ui(y−i,z)⟺P(y−i,x)>P(y−i,z)

for every player iii, opponents' profile y−iy^{-i}y−i, and x,z∈Yix,z\in Y^ix,z∈Yi. A generalized ordinal potential replaces this equivalence by the forward implication only. The two notions are distinct, as the game G1G_1G1​ on p. 129 shows (equations (2.1) and (2.3), pp. 127, 129).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.5

For every finite game Γ\GammaΓ,

Γ has the FIP⟺Γ admits a generalized ordinal potential.\Gamma\text{ has the FIP}\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \Gamma\text{ admits a generalized ordinal potential}.Γ has the FIP⟺Γ admits a generalized ordinal potential.

This is Lemma 2.5, p. 129. It specifies a precise characterization rather than choosing a particular potential or a particular update schedule.

Supporting statements

The milestone list follows the paper's statements: Lemma 2.3 says a finite ordinal potential game has the FIP; the proof of Lemma 2.5 says the finite-improvement reachability relation is transitive under the FIP; and it concludes that the whole strategy-profile set can be represented by a real function increasing along that relation (pp. 128–130). Corollary 2.6 and the explicit game G1G_1G1​ record the boundary between ordinal and generalized ordinal potentials: under its distinct-payoff condition a finite game with the FIP has an ordinal potential, while G1G_1G1​ shows that condition cannot simply be omitted (pp. 129–130). Lemma 2.1 and Corollary 2.2 concern equilibria: an ordinal potential game has the same pure equilibria as the game in which every player receives the potential, so a maximizer of the potential is an equilibrium, and every finite ordinal potential game has a pure-strategy equilibrium (p. 128).

Significance

The goal connects a property of all possible strict improvement paths to the existence of a single real-valued certificate on profiles. In a finite game, such a certificate describes a common direction for unilateral payoff gains, regardless of which improving player moves next. The distinction between ordinary and generalized ordinal potentials matters: an ordinary potential must also preserve indifference, whereas the FIP alone does not require that (Monderer and Shapley, p. 129).

The characterization is proved in the paper; the remaining work in this mission is a Lean proof of its faithful finite-game statement. The local platform index used for this proposal has no published theorem expressing this characterization. The definitions of improvement paths and improvement reachability can also support other formal results about game dynamics. The game G1G_1G1​ serves as a concrete check on the strict distinction between the two potential notions.

Difficulty

The payoff vector itself does not give an immediate numerical order on whole profiles: each step compares one player's payoff, and the next step may involve another player. Finiteness rules out an endlessly increasing sequence only after a suitable profile-level ordering has been established. The converse direction therefore requires more than observing that each individual move helps its deviator. The paper's G1G_1G1​ also rules out replacing the generalized potential in the goal with an ordinary ordinal one (p. 129).

Formalization scope

Players form a finite Lean type ι with decidable equality; each player's strategies form a type Y i. A theorem about a finite game additionally assumes every Y i is finite. These types may be empty: in that case there is no strategy profile, and the corresponding FIP and potential statements retain their ordinary quantified meaning. No nonemptiness assumption is inserted into Lemma 2.5. Corollary 2.2 alone assumes every strategy set nonempty, which the page takes for granted: without it there is no profile and no equilibrium. An equilibrium point is a pure Nash equilibrium in the sense of the published definition AGT.IsPureNash (no player gains strictly by a unilateral deviation), and "P admits a maximal value in Y" in Lemma 2.1 is read as "P attains its maximum on Y". The finite player assumption follows the standing convention on p. 127; the finite strategy assumption is added only where the source says “finite game.”

The expression (y−i,x)(y^{-i},x)(y−i,x) is Function.update y i x. IsStep requires one coordinate to change to a different value. HasFIP forbids an infinite natural-number-indexed path of strict payoff improvements, so it cannot be satisfied merely because each separately described finite path has finite length. A finite path stores its deviator at each step; the genuine-step condition determines that deviator uniquely. The same path bundle contains the paper's path sum and closed-path predicates for consistency across this paper's missions, although only finite improvement paths are used here. The relation ImprovesTo u x y means that a finite strict improvement path leads from yyy to a distinct xxx.

The necessary development comprises the two potential predicates, path and FIP definitions, the finite improvement relation, the transitivity and representation milestones, and the goal characterization. Contributions that prove these statements or simplify their proof dependencies are within scope. A definition that checks only finite paths, allows null steps, or confuses the one-way condition (2.3) with the two-way condition (2.1) would change the result.

Selected references

  • Dov Monderer and Lloyd S. Shapley, Potential Games, Games and Economic Behavior 14 (1996), 124–143, doi:10.1006/game.1996.0044.
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

The Weighted Majority Algorithm 4: The Continuous Master WMC Has Total Absolute Loss at Most ln(w_init/w_fin)/(1−β)Research Paper

Motivation

In sequential prediction, several forecasters can issue different answers for the same instance. A master algorithm must combine their advice before the true label is known. Littlestone and Warmuth's Weighted Majority framework gives worst-case guarantees for this setting: the instances and labels need not come from a probability distribution. The paper first studies binary predictions and then allows real predictions and labels in the unit interval. The continuous version matters when the distance between a prediction and a label carries information that a binary mistake count discards. The formal target here is the paper's total absolute-loss guarantee for that continuous master, WMC (Littlestone and Warmuth 1994, §5).

The result is part of the paper's generalized analysis, which also covers a binary master WMG and a randomized master WMR. These algorithms share a range of allowed weight updates, but their predictions and losses differ. This mission isolates WMC's deterministic, continuous-label theorem and the numbered lemmas on which its statement rests. The finite-sequence convention is explicit in the paper's notations and assumptions (Littlestone and Warmuth 1994, p. 220).

Setting

Fix a finite nonempty pool of nnn forecasters and a finite sequence of ttt trials. At trial jjj, expert iii predicts xi(j)∈[0,1]x_i^{(j)}\in[0,1]xi(j)​∈[0,1], and after the master predicts, a label ρ(j)∈[0,1]\rho^{(j)}\in[0,1]ρ(j)∈[0,1] is revealed. Expert iii has weight wi(j)w_i^{(j)}wi(j)​ before that trial. Every initial weight is positive, and weights remain nonnegative. The total weight and weighted mean prediction are

s(j)=∑i=1nwi(j),γ(j)=∑i=1nwi(j)xi(j)s(j).s^{(j)}=\sum_{i=1}^{n}w_i^{(j)},\qquad \gamma^{(j)}=\frac{\sum_{i=1}^{n}w_i^{(j)}x_i^{(j)}}{s^{(j)}}.s(j)=i=1∑n​wi(j)​,γ(j)=s(j)∑i=1n​wi(j)​xi(j)​​.

WMC predicts γ(j)\gamma^{(j)}γ(j). Its loss on the trial is the absolute error ∣γ(j)−ρ(j)∣|\gamma^{(j)}-\rho^{(j)}|∣γ(j)−ρ(j)∣, and its total absolute loss is m=∑j=1t∣γ(j)−ρ(j)∣m=\sum_{j=1}^{t}|\gamma^{(j)}-\rho^{(j)}|m=∑j=1t​∣γ(j)−ρ(j)∣. Write winit=s(1)w_{\mathrm{init}}=s^{(1)}winit​=s(1) and wfin=s(t+1)w_{\mathrm{fin}}=s^{(t+1)}wfin​=s(t+1) for total weight before the first and after the final update (Littlestone and Warmuth 1994, pp. 232–233).

WMC updates on every trial. For 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1, it multiplies each weight by a factor Fi(j)F_i^{(j)}Fi(j)​ in the interval

β∣xi(j)−ρ(j)∣≤Fi(j)≤1−(1−β)∣xi(j)−ρ(j)∣,wi(j+1)=Fi(j)wi(j).\beta^{|x_i^{(j)}-\rho^{(j)}|}\le F_i^{(j)}\le 1-(1-\beta)|x_i^{(j)}-\rho^{(j)}|, \qquad w_i^{(j+1)}=F_i^{(j)}w_i^{(j)}.β∣xi(j)​−ρ(j)∣≤Fi(j)​≤1−(1−β)∣xi(j)​−ρ(j)∣,wi(j+1)​=Fi(j)​wi(j)​.

The factor may depend on both trial and expert. The paper permits any choice in this interval, so WMC denotes a class of runs rather than one fixed recurrence. Its convention 00=10^0=100=1 is used when β=0\beta=0β=0 and an expert has zero error (Littlestone and Warmuth 1994, p. 233, eq. (5.1)).

Formalization targets

Theorem 5.2: WMC total loss

For every run with positive final total weight, the target is the paper's explicit inequality

m≤ln⁡(winit/wfin)1−β.m\le\frac{\ln(w_{\mathrm{init}}/w_{\mathrm{fin}})}{1-\beta}.m≤1−βln(winit​/wfin​)​.

The bound uses the run's actual initial and final weights, so it applies whether the upper or lower permitted update factor was selected, or a factor between them. The finite-valued statement assumes wfin>0w_{\mathrm{fin}}>0wfin​>0; the paper regards the bound as vacuous when the denominator of the logarithm is zero (Littlestone and Warmuth 1994, p. 236, Theorem 5.2).

Supporting numbered results

Lemma 5.1 states βr≤1+r(β−1)\beta^r\le1+r(\beta-1)βr≤1+r(β−1) for β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 and 0≤r≤10\le r\le10≤r≤1, ensuring the update interval is nonempty. Lemma 5.2 states the logarithmic potential estimate under only the update's upper inequality, including the special case in which β=0\beta=0β=0 and a master's unit loss forces the final total weight to zero. Lemma 5.3 turns those same conditions into the displayed total-loss bound. Each is a separate milestone with the paper's statement and page provenance (Littlestone and Warmuth 1994, pp. 233–236).

Significance

The theorem controls the master's accumulated real-valued prediction error by an observable change in the total pool weight. It requires no distributional assumption on the trial sequence and no single choice of update factor. That breadth lets the same estimate be used for different update rules within the allowed range, while the explicit 1/(1−β)1/(1-\beta)1/(1−β) constant records the dependence on the algorithm's parameter. The paper also uses Lemma 5.3 in its analysis of WMR's expected loss (Littlestone and Warmuth 1994, pp. 236, 240).

The paper proves these results; this mission asks for machine-checked proofs of their exact Lean statements. Its definition of a permitted continuous run and its upper-update potential conditions can also support subsequent formalizations of WMG and WMR. Lemma 5.1, the potential estimate, and the final loss bound remain distinct proof targets so that a solver can use or improve the underlying analytic infrastructure without changing the goal.

Difficulty

A binary mistake indicator cannot express the magnitude of an error between two unit-interval values. The generalized update contains a real exponent, absolute values, and a range of legal factors. An argument that handles only a selected endpoint of that range would leave permitted WMC runs uncovered. A further boundary occurs at β=0\beta=0β=0: an allowed update can reduce a positive weight to zero, and real logarithms in Lean have a defined value at zero although the paper's logarithmic bound is infinite there. The formal statements therefore distinguish the zero-final-weight clause from the finite-logarithm clause.

Formalization scope

The pool is Fin n with n>0n>0n>0 and the trials are Fin t; an empty sequence of trials is allowed. Lean's trial index starts at zero, so w 0 represents w(1)w^{(1)}w(1) and w t represents the weights after all ttt trials. The inputs are the prediction array and label array. Instances are not stored separately because the theorem refers to them only through expert predictions. Values, factors, totals, and losses are real numbers. The run predicate requires positive initial weights, nonnegative weights, predictions and labels in [0,1][0,1][0,1], 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1, and a permitted factor for every expert on every trial.

The theorem quantifies over every permitted run. A sorry-free local example exhibits a one-trial run with positive final weight, ruling out a globally empty run predicate. For positive final weight, the update conditions ensure earlier total weights are positive, so every weighted mean used in the loss has its intended denominator. The finite logarithmic conclusions assume positive final weight because Real.log 0 would otherwise introduce an unrelated total-function value. The definition layer supplies total weight, weighted mean, loss, base conditions, the upper-update conditions, and WMC runs; the proof development needs finite-sum and real logarithm inequalities from Mathlib. Contributions that establish the three numbered lemmas or the goal under this interface are in scope.

Selected references

  • Nick Littlestone and Manfred K. Warmuth, The Weighted Majority Algorithm, Information and Computation 108(2), 212–261, 1994. DOI: 10.1006/inco.1994.1009.
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryCombinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Potential Games 2: Every Finite Potential Game Is Isomorphic to a Congestion GameResearch Paper

Motivation

Congestion games model situations in which agents choose sets of shared resources and the payoff of each resource depends only on how many agents use it: drivers choosing routes through road segments, jobs choosing machines, flows choosing links in a network. Rosenthal (A class of games possessing pure-strategy Nash equilibria, Int. J. Game Theory 2, 1973) showed that every such game has a pure-strategy Nash equilibrium, by exhibiting a single real function on strategy profiles whose changes track every player's unilateral payoff changes.

Monderer and Shapley (Potential Games, Games Econ. Behav. 14, 1996) isolated that property and called games having it potential games. Their Section 3 shows that the property characterizes congestion games: Rosenthal's argument gives Theorem 3.1 (every congestion game is a potential game), and Theorem 3.2 gives the converse up to a renaming of strategies. Potential games have since become a standard tool in algorithmic game theory (convergence of best-response dynamics, price of stability bounds, learning in games), and Theorem 3.2 is the reason that results proved for congestion games apply to all finite potential games.

Setting

A game in strategic form Γ\GammaΓ has a finite set of players N={1,…,n}N = \{1, \dots, n\}N={1,…,n}, for each player iii a strategy set YiY^iYi, the profile set Y=×i∈NYiY = \times_{i\in N} Y^iY=×i∈N​Yi, and payoff functions ui:Y→Ru^i : Y \to \mathbb{R}ui:Y→R. For a profile yyy and x∈Yix \in Y^ix∈Yi, (y−i,x)(y^{-i}, x)(y−i,x) is yyy with player iii's strategy replaced by xxx. The game is finite if every YiY^iYi is finite.

A function P:Y→RP : Y \to \mathbb{R}P:Y→R is a potential for Γ\GammaΓ (condition (2.2) with unit weights) if

ui(y−i,x)−ui(y−i,z)=P(y−i,x)−P(y−i,z)for all i, y−i, x,z∈Yi,u^i(y^{-i}, x) - u^i(y^{-i}, z) = P(y^{-i}, x) - P(y^{-i}, z) \qquad \text{for all } i,\ y^{-i},\ x, z \in Y^i,ui(y−i,x)−ui(y−i,z)=P(y−i,x)−P(y−i,z)for all i, y−i, x,z∈Yi,

and Γ\GammaΓ is a potential game if it has a potential (IsPotential, IsPotentialGame).

A congestion model C(N,M,(Σi)i∈N,(cj)j∈M)C(N, M, (\Sigma^i)_{i\in N}, (c_j)_{j\in M})C(N,M,(Σi)i∈N​,(cj​)j∈M​) has players NNN, a finite set of facilities MMM, for every player a set Σi\Sigma^iΣi of strategies, each a nonempty subset of MMM, and for every facility jjj a vector cjc_jcj​, where cj(k)c_j(k)cj​(k) is the payoff to each user of jjj when exactly kkk players use it. The associated congestion game has strategy sets Σi\Sigma^iΣi and payoffs

vi(A)=∑j∈Aicj(σj(A)),σj(A)=#{i∈N:j∈Ai}.(3.1)v^i(A) = \sum_{j\in A^i} c_j\big(\sigma_j(A)\big), \qquad \sigma_j(A) = \#\{i \in N : j \in A^i\}. \tag{3.1}vi(A)=j∈Ai∑​cj​(σj​(A)),σj​(A)=#{i∈N:j∈Ai}.(3.1)

Two games with the same players are isomorphic (IsIsomorphic) if there are bijections gi:Y1i→Y2ig^i : Y^i_1 \to Y^i_2gi:Y1i​→Y2i​ with u1i(y)=u2i(g1(y1),…,gn(yn))u^i_1(y) = u^i_2(g^1(y^1), \dots, g^n(y^n))u1i​(y)=u2i​(g1(y1),…,gn(yn)) for every player iii and profile yyy.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

Every finite potential game is isomorphic to a congestion game.\text{Every finite potential game is isomorphic to a congestion game.}Every finite potential game is isomorphic to a congestion game.

Formally: for every finite set of players, finite strategy sets YiY^iYi and payoffs uuu admitting a potential, there are m∈Nm \in \mathbb{N}m∈N and a congestion model on the facilities {1,…,m}\{1, \dots, m\}{1,…,m}, all of whose strategies are nonempty facility sets, whose congestion game is isomorphic to Γ\GammaΓ.

Milestones

The milestones follow Appendix B of the paper.

  1. Lemma B.1 (p. 139): with xr(j)=cj(r)x^r(j) = c_j(r)xr(j)=cj​(r) and x(B)=∑j∈Bx(j)x(B) = \sum_{j\in B} x(j)x(B)=∑j∈B​x(j), vi(A)=x1(A(i)∩A(−i)c)+x2(⋃k≠i[A(i)∩A(k)∩A(−{i,k})c])+⋯+xn(⋂kA(k))v^i(A) = x^1(A(i)\cap A(-i)^c) + x^2\big(\bigcup_{k\neq i}[A(i)\cap A(k)\cap A(-\{i,k\})^c]\big) + \cdots + x^n\big(\bigcap_{k} A(k)\big)vi(A)=x1(A(i)∩A(−i)c)+x2(⋃k=i​[A(i)∩A(k)∩A(−{i,k})c])+⋯+xn(⋂k​A(k)).
  2. The invariance of ui−Pu^i - Pui−P (p. 141): ui(a−i,ai)−P(a−i,ai)u^i(a^{-i}, a^i) - P(a^{-i}, a^i)ui(a−i,ai)−P(a−i,ai) does not depend on aia^iai.
  3. The M1M_1M1​ identity and (B.2) (p. 141): on the facility set M=×i{0,1}K(i)M = \times_i \{0,1\}^{K(i)}M=×i​{0,1}K(i), Am11∩⋯∩Amnn∩M1={ε(m)}A^1_{m_1}\cap\cdots\cap A^n_{m_n}\cap M_1 = \{\varepsilon(m)\}Am1​1​∩⋯∩Amn​n​∩M1​={ε(m)}, so xn(Am11∩⋯∩Amnn)=P(am11,…,amnn)x^n(A^1_{m_1}\cap\cdots\cap A^n_{m_n}) = P(a^1_{m_1}, \dots, a^n_{m_n})xn(Am1​1​∩⋯∩Amn​n​)=P(am1​1​,…,amn​n​).
  4. (B.6) (p. 141): x1(Amii∩A(−i)c)=x1(ε(mi))=ui(a)−P(a)x^1(A^i_{m_i}\cap A(-i)^c) = x^1(\varepsilon(m^i)) = u^i(a) - P(a)x1(Ami​i​∩A(−i)c)=x1(ε(mi))=ui(a)−P(a).

Significance

Theorems 3.1 and 3.2 together say that, up to renaming strategies, the finite potential games and the congestion games are the same class. Consequently any statement about finite congestion games that is invariant under isomorphism (existence of pure equilibria, convergence of improvement dynamics, the structure of equilibrium sets) holds for all finite potential games, and conversely any potential game can be realized as a resource-sharing model. The representation is also the starting point of the later literature on the number of facilities needed to represent potential games, which the paper itself begins with a remark at the end of Appendix B.

Theorem 3.1 is already machine-checked on the platform, as Rosenthal's potential identity PriceOfStability.Harmonic.rosenthal_potential_change (Proved); it is included in this mission as a reference item. Theorem 3.2 is proved in the paper but has no machine-checked proof that we know of. The mission adds a formal statement of the theorem, of isomorphism of games, of congestion games as games in strategic form, and of the explicit construction of Appendix B; and, once proved, a verified converse to Rosenthal's theorem.

Difficulty

The theorem is an explicit construction, and its difficulty is bookkeeping rather than a single hard idea. The facility set is a product of Boolean cubes, one per player; each player's strategy is the set of facilities with a 1 in a given coordinate; and the facility payoffs are defined only at load 111 and load nnn, by two auxiliary vectors whose definitions involve a choice of representative. Showing that the resulting congestion game reproduces every payoff requires identifying, for every profile, exactly which facilities are used by one player and which by all players, and showing that the "load 1" facilities pick up precisely the part of uiu^iui that player iii cannot influence. The paper leaves the two key set identities as "it can be verified"; they are the milestones.

The construction as printed does not cover one player: with n=1n = 1n=1 the vectors x1x^1x1 and xnx^nxn are the same vector, defined twice. The theorem is still true for one player, and the formal goal does not exclude it, so a complete proof must treat that case separately.

Formalization scope

  • Players form a finite type ι with decidable equality; strategy sets are types Y i, finite in the goal ([∀ i, Fintype (Y i)]). (y−i,x)(y^{-i}, x)(y−i,x) is Function.update y i x. No nonemptiness of the strategy sets and no lower bound on the number of players is assumed.
  • The congestion model is the published CongestionPoA.AsymSum.CongestionGame ι M (reference item): strategies i is the finite family Σi\Sigma^iΣi and latency j k is the paper's cj(k)c_j(k)cj​(k), an arbitrary real number. No sign change is made; the published names "latency" and "cost" are only names. Values of latency at 000 and above nnn never enter (3.1).
  • The congestion game as a game in strategic form is congestionPayoff G, whose strategy set for player iii is the subtype of G.strategies i. Because the isomorphism maps onto that subtype, the strategies of a player are distinct facility sets.
  • In the goal the facility set is Fin m for an existentially quantified mmm, and nonemptiness of every strategy, which is part of the definition of a congestion model on p. 133 but not of the published structure, is a separate conjunct. Dropping it, or replacing "congestion game" by an arbitrary game whose payoffs equal uuu, would make the goal a different, weaker statement; the formal goal does neither.
  • The Appendix B construction (FacilityConstruction) indexes the coordinates of player iii by YiY^iYi itself instead of K(i)={1,…,k(i)}K(i) = \{1, \dots, k(i)\}K(i)={1,…,k(i)}; mi=(mk)k≠im^i = (m_k)_{k\neq i}mi=(mk​)k=i​ is passed as a full profile whose iii-th coordinate is ignored; xnx^nxn and x1x^1x1 select a representative by choice, the chosen iii-th coordinate playing the role of the arbitrary aia^iai in (B.4).
  • Misprints corrected: in Lemma B.1, xr(j)=cj(m)x^r(j) = c_j(m)xr(j)=cj​(m) is read cj(r)c_j(r)cj​(r), and the "⋯\cdots⋯" as the general term xr(⋃S∋i,∣S∣=r[⋂k∈SA(k)∩A(−S)c])x^r(\bigcup_{S\ni i, |S| = r}[\bigcap_{k\in S}A(k)\cap A(-S)^c])xr(⋃S∋i,∣S∣=r​[⋂k∈S​A(k)∩A(−S)c]); in (B.6), A(−i)A(-i)A(−i) is read A(−i)cA(-i)^cA(−i)c and Pi(a)P^i(a)Pi(a) as P(a)P(a)P(a).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of the goal (by the paper's construction, with the one-player case handled separately, or by any other construction), and general lemmas about transporting potentials along isomorphisms.

Selected references

  • D. Monderer and L. S. Shapley, Potential Games, Games and Economic Behavior 14 (1996), 124–143. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
  • R. W. Rosenthal, A class of games possessing pure-strategy Nash equilibria, International Journal of Game Theory 2 (1973), 65–67. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01737559
  • E. Anshelevich, A. Dasgupta, J. Kleinberg, É. Tardos, T. Wexler and T. Roughgarden, The Price of Stability for Network Design with Fair Cost Allocation, SIAM Journal on Computing 38 (2008), 1602–1623. https://doi.org/10.1137/070680096 (source of the platform's Rosenthal potential identity)
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Monotone Comparative Statics II: f Is Quasisupermodular If and Only If a Strictly Increasing Transformation Makes It Supermodular on Every Sublattice {x₁, x₂, x₁ ∨ x₂, x₁ ∧ x₂}Research Paper

Motivation

Monotone comparative statics asks when the optimal choice of a decision maker moves in a predictable direction as a parameter of the problem changes: when a firm facing a higher price produces more, when a monopolist facing lower costs sets a lower price, when a player in a game best-responds with a higher strategy to higher strategies of the others. The classical sufficient conditions, due to Topkis (Topkis 1978), are supermodularity of the objective in the choice variable and increasing differences in the choice and the parameter. Both are cardinal conditions: they can be destroyed by a strictly increasing change of the units in which the objective is measured, although such a change does not alter any optimal choice.

Milgrom and Shannon (Econometrica 1994) replaced these conditions by ordinal ones, quasisupermodularity and the single crossing property, and showed that the ordinal conditions are necessary and sufficient for the set of maximizers to be monotone in the parameter and the constraint set (their Theorem 4). This mission concerns the relation between the ordinal notion and the cardinal one: in which sense is a quasisupermodular function "a supermodular function up to a change of units"? Section 3 of the paper answers it with Theorem 8. An earlier notion in the same direction, supermodularizable functions, was studied by Li Calzi (1991).

Setting

Let XXX be a lattice: a partially ordered set in which every two elements x,yx, yx,y have a least upper bound x∨yx \vee yx∨y (join) and a greatest lower bound x∧yx \wedge yx∧y (meet). Examples are Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn and products of finite chains, ordered componentwise.

A function f:X→Rf : X \to \mathbb{R}f:X→R is supermodular on a set S⊆XS \subseteq XS⊆X if

f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∨y)+f(x∧y)for all x,y∈S.f(x) + f(y) \le f(x \vee y) + f(x \wedge y) \qquad \text{for all } x, y \in S.f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∨y)+f(x∧y)for all x,y∈S.

It is quasisupermodular (p. 162) if for all x,y∈Xx, y \in Xx,y∈X

  1. f(x)≥f(x∧y)f(x) \ge f(x \wedge y)f(x)≥f(x∧y) implies f(x∨y)≥f(y)f(x \vee y) \ge f(y)f(x∨y)≥f(y), and
  2. f(x)>f(x∧y)f(x) > f(x \wedge y)f(x)>f(x∧y) implies f(x∨y)>f(y)f(x \vee y) > f(y)f(x∨y)>f(y).

A function h:R→Rh : \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}h:R→R is strictly increasing if r<sr < sr<s implies h(r)<h(s)h(r) < h(s)h(r)<h(s). A function fff is supermodularizable if h∘fh \circ fh∘f is supermodular on XXX for some strictly increasing hhh.

For x1,x2∈Xx_1, x_2 \in Xx1​,x2​∈X the set {x1,x2,x1∨x2,x1∧x2}\{x_1, x_2, x_1 \vee x_2, x_1 \wedge x_2\}{x1​,x2​,x1​∨x2​,x1​∧x2​} is closed under ∨\vee∨ and ∧\wedge∧; it is the sublattice generated by x1x_1x1​ and x2x_2x2​ and has at most four points.

Quasisupermodularity depends only on the order of the values of fff, so it is preserved by strictly increasing transformations; supermodularity is not. Every supermodular function is quasisupermodular, and so is every supermodularizable function.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 165)

f:X→Rf : X \to \mathbb{R}f:X→R is quasisupermodular if and only if there is g:R×X×X→Rg : \mathbb{R} \times X \times X \to \mathbb{R}g:R×X×X→R such that (i) r↦g(r,x1,x2)r \mapsto g(r, x_1, x_2)r↦g(r,x1​,x2​) is strictly increasing for every (x1,x2)∈X2(x_1, x_2) \in X^2(x1​,x2​)∈X2, and (ii) for every x1,x2∈Xx_1, x_2 \in Xx1​,x2​∈X,

x↦g(f(x),x1,x2)  is supermodular on {x1,x2,x1∨x2,x1∧x2}.x \mapsto g(f(x), x_1, x_2) \ \text{ is supermodular on } \{x_1, x_2, x_1 \vee x_2, x_1 \wedge x_2\}.x↦g(f(x),x1​,x2​)  is supermodular on {x1​,x2​,x1​∨x2​,x1​∧x2​}.

Milestones

  1. Invariance (p. 164): if fff is quasisupermodular and ggg strictly increasing, g∘fg \circ fg∘f is quasisupermodular.
  2. Supermodularizable implies quasisupermodular (pp. 164–165): if hhh is strictly increasing and h∘fh \circ fh∘f is supermodular on XXX, then fff is quasisupermodular.
  3. Lemma (p. 165): if fff is quasisupermodular on L={x,x′,x∨x′,x∧x′}L = \{x, x', x \vee x', x \wedge x'\}L={x,x′,x∨x′,x∧x′}, then h∘fh \circ fh∘f is supermodular on LLL for some strictly increasing h:R→Rh : \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}h:R→R.
  4. Example 1 (p. 165): the function on {0,1}×{0,1,2,3}\{0,1\} \times \{0,1,2,3\}{0,1}×{0,1,2,3} with rows (1,2,2,1)(1,2,2,1)(1,2,2,1) and (3,4,5,3)(3,4,5,3)(3,4,5,3) is quasisupermodular but not supermodularizable.

The Lemma is the "only if" direction of Theorem 8 on a single sublattice; Example 1 shows why the transformation in Theorem 8 must be allowed to depend on (x1,x2)(x_1, x_2)(x1​,x2​).

Significance

Theorem 8 characterizes an ordinal property by a family of cardinal ones: quasisupermodularity is exactly local supermodularizability, on every two-generated sublattice. It explains why quasisupermodularity, and not supermodularity, is the natural hypothesis of ordinal comparative statics, and Example 1 marks the boundary: a single global transformation is not enough, so supermodularizable functions form a strictly smaller class. The paper states an analogous characterization of the single crossing property (Theorem 9, p. 166) without proof.

On the formalization side, none of these results is machine-checked anywhere known to this mission. The platform already holds Topkis's lattice-theoretic definitions and theorems (supermodularity, increasing differences, monotonicity of the argmax under the cardinal conditions); this mission adds the ordinal notion and its characterization on top of the published definition of supermodularity. A formal proof of the Lemma also requires constructing a strictly increasing map of all of R\mathbb{R}R that moves one prescribed value, which is reusable for other "ordinal versus cardinal" results.

Difficulty

The "if" direction and the invariance and supermodularizability remarks are short unfoldings of the definitions. The work is in the Lemma. On a four-point lattice the values a,b,c,da, b, c, da,b,c,d of fff at x,x∨x′,x∧x′,x′x, x \vee x', x \wedge x', x'x,x∨x′,x∧x′,x′ need not satisfy a+d≤b+ca + d \le b + ca+d≤b+c, and the obvious attempt, applying one transformation fixed in advance (such as an exponential), fails: the needed transformation depends on the four values. A strictly increasing hhh of the whole real line must be chosen to separate the values while preserving their order, and the degenerate configurations in which some of the four values coincide, or in which xxx and x′x'x′ are comparable so that the lattice has fewer than four points, have to be handled separately. A second subtlety is that quasisupermodularity is used for both orders of the pair (x,x′)(x, x')(x,x′).

Formalization scope

  • Lattices are Mathlib's Lattice class; joins and meets are ⊔ and ⊓. Functions are real valued.
  • Quasisupermodularity is a draft definition QuasiSupermodularOn g S, relativized to a set SSS; the paper's notion on XXX is QuasiSupermodularOn f Set.univ. It quantifies over all ordered pairs of SSS.
  • Supermodularity is the published definition Supermodularity.Monotonicity.SupermodularOn (Topkis series), also relativized to a set; supermodularity "on the sublattice" is SupermodularOn _ {x₁, x₂, x₁ ⊔ x₂, x₁ ⊓ x₂}.
  • "Strictly increasing" is StrictMono. With merely monotone transformations the statements trivialize: a constant transformation is supermodular on every set, which would make the "if" direction of Theorem 8 false and the second half of Example 1 false. The formal statements rule this out.
  • The transformation g:R×X×X→Rg : \mathbb{R} \times X \times X \to \mathbb{R}g:R×X×X→R of Theorem 8 is curried, g : ℝ → X → X → ℝ; it may depend on (x1,x2)(x_1, x_2)(x1​,x2​) but not on xxx. Transformations are defined on all of R\mathbb{R}R, as printed, not only on the values of fff.
  • The Lemma's four-point lattice is formalized as the subset {x,x′,x∨x′,x∧x′}\{x, x', x \vee x', x \wedge x'\}{x,x′,x∨x′,x∧x′} of an ambient lattice, with both notions relativized to it; the subset is closed under join and meet, so this is the page's statement, including the degenerate cases.
  • Example 1's domain is Fin 2 × Fin 4 with the product order.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones and the goal; a general lemma producing strictly increasing maps R→R\mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}R→R with prescribed values on finitely many points.

Selected references

  • P. Milgrom and C. Shannon, Monotone Comparative Statics, Econometrica 62(1), 157–180, 1994. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951479
  • D. M. Topkis, Minimizing a Submodular Function on a Lattice, Operations Research 26(2), 305–321, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.2.305
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • M. Li Calzi, Generalized Symmetric Supermodular Functions, Working Paper, Stanford University, 1990 (listed so in the paper's references; the text on p. 165 cites it as Li Calzi (1991)).
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 9 of 44Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me